Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi
 
Wake Up Kiwi
 
Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi

· Home / Introduction

CURRENT AFFAIRS

· Current Events & Breaking News

· Cabal / Illuminati / NWO Watch

· Mainstream Media Manipulation

· Banking Crimes & Criminals

· Political Crimes & Criminals

· Feature Articles

· Positive Developments

ILLUMINATI / NWO

· NWO Globalist Agenda

· Secret Societies & The Illuminati

· Conspiracy To Rule The World

· What / Who Is "The Crown"?

· Agenda 21/2030 In New Zealand

· Surveillance Society/Police State

· 'Terrorism' & Engineered Wars

· Eugenics / Depopulation Agenda

· Religion As A Tool For Control

· Common Law Vs Statute Law

SCIENCE / TECHNOLOGY

· The Climate Change Scam

· Chemtrails & Geoengineering

· Suppressed Science

· Positive New Technologies

· Cures, Health & Wellbeing

· Dangerous & Dirty Technology

· Spiritual Aspects & Metaphysics

· The Extra-Terrestrial Presence

HISTORY

· Suppressed / Hidden History

· Real New Zealand History

· The Opal File: NZ / AUS History

· 150+ NWO Globalist Quotes

MISCELLANEOUS

· Political Commentary

· Positive Resources

· Resistance, Resources & Links

· Contact



Newsletter archive - click here

Site Search:































Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
News Archives



 

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
A Masterclass In Propaganda & Transgressing The Logic Of The New Tyrannical Normal
June 21 2020 | From: NZPCR / OffGuardian / Various

“It is true that you may fool all of the people some of the time; you can even fool some of the people all of the time; but you can’t fool all of the people all of the time.” - President Abraham Lincoln



When Jacinda Ardern took office in 2017, she promised her government would be the most open and transparent New Zealand had seen.

Related: Cover Stories Are Used To Control Explanations & Medical Propaganda Headlines For Gullible Minds

In her first formal speech to Parliament she pledged:


"This government will foster a more open and democratic society. It will strengthen transparency around official information.”

Since that time, the Government’s “iron grip” on the control of information has tightened and it is harder now than ever to get information.

This is the view of one of New Zealand’s most experienced political journalists, Stuff’s Andrea Vance, who last weekend explained:


"In my 20-year plus time as a journalist, this Government is one of the most thin-skinned and secretive I have experienced. Many of my colleagues say the same…

It’s now very difficult for journalists to get to the heart and the truth of a story. We are up against an army of well-paid spin doctors.

At every level, the Government manipulates the flow of information…

Even squeezing basic facts out of an agency is a frustrating, torturous and often futile exercise.”

She explains that since “the current Government took office, the number of communications specialists have ballooned. Each minister has at least two press secretaries. Ardern has four.”

The team assisting the Prime Minister to shape her public image is headed by her chief press secretary, Andrew Campbell, with former Stuff business editor Ellen Read as his deputy.



Related: Ardern Intent On Smashing Free Speech

Essentially, they handle incoming questions for the prime minister, help with speech writing, set up interviews and press conferences, and accompany the PM through media engagements.

In addition, the prime minister’s office not only controls what other members of the Cabinet are saying, but they go to great lengths to “make sure their audience is captured, starting the week and cementing the agenda with a conference call with political editors”.

It is not just politicians that have press secretaries – so too do government departments, and under our PR-savvy Prime Minister, the number is skyrocketing.

In the year Labour took office, the Ministry for the Environment had 10 PR staff – they now have 18. The Ministry for Foreign Affairs and Trade more than doubled their staff – up to 25.

MBIE blew out from 48 staff to 64, with the New Zealand Transport Agency, which had 26 communications staff five years ago, now employing a staggering 72!

With this PR army promoting an image of government benevolence and attempting to block unwanted scrutiny, even basic requests for information are now being denied.

Andrea Vance describes how attempts by two senior journalists to interview Foreign Minister Nanaia Mahuta, at a time of intense interest in the China-Australia-New-Zealand relationship, were refused – not because of geo-political sensitivities, nor a diary clash, but because “the paranoid and hyper-sensitive minister objected to taking questions from two journalists at once.”



Related: China’s Massive Amount Of Immunotoxic 5G Networking And The Wuhan Coronavirus: The Emperor’s New Virus

That same Minister, with her local government hat on, had released radical proposals for ‘three waters’ reforms that would essentially centralise the management of drinking water, wastewater, and storm water operations from local councils to mega-agencies, with 50 percent control allocated to private sector tribal corporations.

Yet, she “refused to answer detailed questions about the proposed changes”, agreeing to only one interview – with a ‘friendly’ state broadcaster. The whole debacle represented “a serious blow to accountability”.

It turns out that journalists who ask hard questions and challenge the Government’s spin are increasingly being side lined – refused interviews, excluded from press conferences, and ignored at media stand-ups.

Government departments are also being obstructive, refusing to answer Official Information Requests unless ordered to do so by the Ombudsman.

As a result, queries that should have been responded to within 20 working days are taking months to answer with much of the information, when it is eventually released, heavily redacted.

These are not the actions of the open and transparent government promised by Jacinda Ardern, but of an increasingly totalitarian regime.



Related: The Unseen Damages Fact Checking Has On Public Discourse

In her article Andrea Vance asks why the difficulties faced by journalists should matter to the public: “Why should you care?”

She then explains:


"Because the public’s impression of this government is the very opposite. They see a prime minister that has captivated the world with her ‘authentic’ communication style, intimate social media postings, daily Covid briefings and proactive releases of Cabinet papers.

It is an artfully-crafted mirage, because the reality is very different. This is a Government that is only generous with the information that it chooses to share.”

Jacinda Ardern is, of course, a public relations graduate, with a Bachelor of Communication Studies in Public Relations and Political Science from Waikato University.

As a result, when faced with a pandemic and an election in 2020, Prime Minister Ardern’s confidence in the power of PR led her to employ an army of communications experts to help her win the Covid-PR war and the election.



Related: A Primer For The Propagandized: Fear Is The Mind-Killer & Whistleblower: Newspaper Industry Chiefs Criminally Negligent Over Covid Scaremongering

As George Orwell said, if you control the language, you can control the mind, and that is certainly how it all played out. Using carefully crafted lines like “the team of 5 million”, Jacinda Ardern was able to persuade the nation that she was saving lives – and deserved to be re-elected

Official information revealed that by the end of May 2020, the cost of the PM’s public relations campaign – which had built a formidable propaganda machine involving 28 advertising, marketing and communications contractors – was a staggering $16 million dollars:


"The majority was to two firms who are listed as communications directors by the Department of the Prime Minister and Cabinet.

Clemenger BBDO was paid $3m for its role, which involved the clear and concise messaging such as ‘stay home, save lives’.

But the biggest earner OMD, a multinational advertising firm… was paid $12m for its role in the response.”

It turns out that everything from “go hard, go early” to the “be kind to each other” messaging was carefully planned, tested, and executed by experts.

At the time, Newstalk ZB’s Mike Hosking was scathing that so much money was being spent on ‘spin’:

“Extraordinary, isn’t it? It shows just how much we got played by a government that was as desperate to score points as it was to actually address a health crisis.




Is the Next Step For Cancel Culture To Drive Certain People From All Society?







Related:
Cancel Culture: Its Origins and Implications




Is communication important? Of course. But do you need to pay $16 million for it?

No. This wasn’t simple instruction that any government can come up with, this was clearly a highly planned, seriously worked over piece of strategy designed for maximum political impact.

And the irony is, from the advertising agencies point of view, it worked. We got sucked in, followed orders and came out hailing the Prime Minister with a 59 percent share in a poll. Value for money then?

Or a master piece of fantastically expensive spin? Again, we were played like a fiddle.

Stuff’s Political Editor Luke Malpass agreed:


"The Ardern Government has been delivering a masterclass in propaganda since Covid began.

It has presented the plan that it formulated as the only feasible option, set up rules and language to prosecute that agenda and rhetorically crushed all opposition.

That was buttressed over the months by the fact that the Government’s plan was sound, effectively carried out and delivered comparatively very good results. Labour won a crushing election victory off the back of it.”

Indeed, the $16 million of taxpayers’ money bought Labour a masterly election campaign – by keeping the country’s focus on the virus, and constantly repeating the mantra that it was our team of 5 million that defeated it, they communicated a powerful party line: by sticking together we won the Covid battle and by staying with Labour we will win the battle to rebuild our nation.

Labour’s regular election year focus group polling would have told them that to win over ‘soft’ National voters they needed to shift into the political centre ground and temper their socialist ambitions.



Related: It's time to declare "D-Day" against the evil tech monopolists and their war against human rights

As a result, Labour based their election manifesto on their 2017 agenda, and used conservative slogans such as a ‘strong and stable’ government and a ‘steady pair of hands’.

Their PR machine was evident on the campaign trail as political commentator Richard Harman explained at the time:


"On the road with Ardern, they had a much more experienced and substantial team. They had two press secretaries with the Prime Minister; National had one.

Labour had a professional video crew for social media; National had a staffer with an iPhone. Labour had its former party president and Minister, Ruth Dyson, as its advance person carefully setting up events that Ardern was going to and checking them out to avoid pitfalls.

There was little evidence of any advance work [by National].”

After the election, Jacinda Ardern acknowledged that her support had come from across the political spectrum,


"To those amongst you who may not have supported Labour before… I say thank you. We will not take your support for granted. And I can promise you, we will be a party that governs for every New Zealander.”

In a media conference the next day, she specifically reassured New Zealanders about the agenda she intended to roll out, saying, “None of it will be new, because we laid the foundations for these next three years in the previous three years.”

But the truth is that much of what Jacinda Ardern has done since the election is new to the public.



Related: What The New Acceptability Of The Lab Leak Origin Tells Us About Media Outlets & COVID-19 – The Real Truth

Not only was her He Puapua report – which provides a blueprint for Maori sovereignty over New Zealand by 2040 – not disclosed to the voters during the campaign, but it’s public release was deliberately delayed until after the election.

It is in this politically-charged environment, that this week’s NZCPR Guest Commentator, journalist Graham Adams outlines the difficulties in holding a Prime Minister to account, who is PR-driven and, it seems, is prepared to ‘bend the truth beyond breaking point’:


"Jacinda Ardern has offered herself as a hostage to fortune by repeatedly denying that the doctrine of ‘white privilege’ is being taught in schools, or that the teaching curriculum mentions it anywhere, or that it is part of her ‘government’s agenda’.

“She has conceded that white privilege… might have been taught by a teacher somewhere at some time in some school but insists it isn’t official policy.

In denying that discussing white privilege is an approved part of teaching in schools, evidence shows she may have been bending the truth beyond breaking point.

The official education document Te Hurihanganui mentions ‘white privilege’ in its opening paragraphs. The government has funded the programme to the tune of $42 million.

Launched in October 2020, it has now been established in numerous schools in Nelson, Te Puke, Porirua and Southland, with more to come.”

Graham points out:


"For someone who prides herself on mastering the details of her government’s policies, it’s impossible to believe Ardern is simply ill informed or forgetful about Te Hurihanganui’s existence or what it recommends.”

He wonders whether the motivation for the PM’s repeated denials – that leave her open to charges of lying – could be that Labour’s polling is showing a high degree of public disquiet over anti-racism programmes in schools and the imposition of the He Puapua plan for tribal rule.

Perhaps this means the Ardern Government’s “artfully-crafted mirage” that Andrea Vance so eloquently describes, is finally starting to fracture.



Related: The Historical & Current Situations In Aotearoa New Zealand

Certainly, the fact that the Government is rolling out the radical He Puapua in secret, instead of openly, indicates that even Labour supporters are becoming concerned.

If they really understood the truth – the serious threat to democracy that the PM’s separatist agenda represents and the deeply divided society it would create – their opposition and sense of betrayal would intensify.

On this issue, we the majority have the mandate – Jacinda Ardern does not.


Related Articles:

Local Fox News Reporter Says Network Is ‘Muzzling’ Her Live on the Air, Will Go to Project Veritas

The Manipulated Human Being Is Capable of Anything, Except Saying NO

Truthful Accounts: A View from Nicaragua on Propaganda and Corporate Media Journalists

The dangers of putting media on the government’s payroll

What If The Mainstream Media Had Told The Truth?


Globalist Revolution

Redacted - how information the public should know about disappears from view

Tucker Carlson Says Show Is Being Targeted for Cancelation

What REALLY Got Gina Carano Cancelled

Facebook’s Australia News Ban Hits State Governments, Health Departments, and Weather Services

Poland Proposes $13.5 Million Fines for Tech Giants Engaging in Ideological Censorship

Opinion: An Amazon Book Burning

Facebook Unfriends Australia: The Triumph of Epistemic Chaos

On the Efforts to Silence Tucker Carlson, Sean Hannity

Russia’s President Putin Warns That Censorship Is Killing American Democracy

Governor: Big Fines Coming Against Big Tech Censorship | Facts Matter

Senator Questions Mark Zuckerberg On Censorship After Facebook Whistleblower Comes Forward

Two Young BBC Journalists Dead From Mysterious “Short Illness” After AstraZeneca CoviShield Vaccine

Cyber strike against America’s power grid and energy infrastructure seeks to take down the nation and sow chaos so that bad actors can cover their tracks



Transgressing The Logic Of The New Tyrannical Normal

An Essay on the Struggle for Reason and Freedom.



Scholars have speculated that Shirley Jackson’s timeless story The Lottery (1948) was a contemplation of and attempt to make sense of the ghastly forms of rationalization at work in Nazi death camps uncovered during the postwar Nuremberg trials.


Related: The Truth About The Great Reset

While the major theme of Jackson’s story, man’s general inhumanity toward humankind, continues to reverberate, the development of a certain character within the tale speaks even more profoundly to the present.

Old Man Warner and his unblinking obedience to strange abstractions embody a banality of evil that appears in many of his fellow townsfolk and the codes of behavior and speech they are goaded by bizarre norms to embrace.

Questioning these abstractions and the traditions that animate them comes at a substantial price, however.

“Every man has his price” (Walpole, 1734) - an utterance on the lips of both despots and saints, past and present, eager to embrace or repel tyranny. The observation has the ring both of a universal truth and a hasty generalization.

In Jackson’s story, the price for the old man, intent to guard the prevailing socioeconomic order, was his own humanity.

In the present, the saying resonates with those whose minds have been effectively dazzled by the global Pavlovian project observable in state-corporate propaganda which claims that a virus with a 99.8% survival rate spells certain doom for the world.



Related: The ‘Great Reset’: A Technocratic Agenda That Waited Years For A Global Crisis To Exploit & Globalists Will Need Another Crisis As Their Reset Agenda Fails

They who demand that every living creature obey, without question, the unscientific irrational contradictory plans of the unfolding state-corporate global medical hegemony.

The competitively compliant masses, armed with faculties of reason effectively effaced, are all too happy to publicly signal their subservience and submit their civil and human rights to a technocratic global lordship consolidating the kind of control and power that will remain, forevermore, impervious to any challenge.

How observable facts such as these elude the notice of so many people today is covered, most notably, in a popular university course in propaganda at New York University.

Mark Crispin Miller, world-renowned professor of media, culture and communication, has given Mass Persuasion and Propaganda for decades.

In these times, however, of state-sanctioned “woke totalitarianism” enforced by its global big tech guardians, the course and its most famous professor was bound to become a target for cancellation.

The operation against Professor Miller began in earnest last year when a disgruntled student falsely claimed that her teacher was nurturing a student-led mutiny against the NYU administration for its masking policies.

The latest and most baffling attack on Miller has emerged, however, with the publication of a hit piece titled “The Professor of Paranoia” in the Chronicle of Higher Education - a rank illustration of the truths we might see in the aphorism that every man can be bought.



Related: The Wizard Of Oz: The Dark Reality That The Deep State Hides From The World

Inexplicably, its author Mark Dery marks out his territorial criticism of Miller by explicitly signaling his own ideological presuppositions - a liberal pose that can only pretend to be progressive, open-minded, balanced and enlightened by an unflagging pursuit of unvarnished truth.

What profits the man who gives up his intellectual integrity for an ideology demanding all empirical knowledge pass through the politically correct filters set by the Federal Ministry of Truth

Dery muses over decades past, reading Miller’s classic 1988 volume, Boxed In: The Culture of TV and cites our mutually favorite chapter, “Big Brother Is You, Watching.”

He references a salient passage that (in his mind apparently) should serve to chasten Miller for his contemporary transgressions:


"TV ‘reduces all of its proponents to blind spectators of their own annihilation’”

- Boxed In: The Culture of TV, 1988, p. 331.

Dery proceeds to call up a host of Miller’s supposed offenses against all accepted expressions of scholarly integrity - uninvestigated 9/11 intrigue, stolen elections, CIA-backed psychological operations against domestic populations, and now the new social and economic “Normal” promulgated by a transnational network of elite Davos movers and shakers.



Related: Cycles Of History Ignored - Canceling History

Scoffing, as he does, at the very idea of addressing such pressing issues comes at the cost of one’s own intellect, a mental annihilation akin to that bizarre period of public discourse in the wake of 9/11 when FOX News was the unrivalled PR arm of the GOP.

The passage from Boxed In that Dery selected as a weapon against Miller serves as the most glaring example of irony.

The very examples Dery cites in his critique show that only those weaned on TV have not yet sampled the solid foods of scholarship - the disinterested science that political institutions have tried for years to marginalize, ignore, or erase.

What does Mark Dery receive beyond keeping up perverse social appearances like those erected in years past by likes of Bill O’Reilly and Sean Hannity - major cheerleaders for the annihilation of countless souls in the post-9/11 regime-change wars?

Today, is it any wonder to academics who steadfastly refuse to betray the call of their vocation, no matter the cost, that such a criticism of Miller would be featured in a journal advocating for higher education?

For anyone in the education field who has witnessed larger forces of the corporate-state complex prevail upon academe and reengineer institutions over the past number of decades, it is impossible not to see the sort of friendly fascism that Bertram Gross had warned about in 1980 when he saw an emerging new order in which:


"More concentrated, unscrupulous, repressive, and militaristic control by a Big Business-Big Government partnership preserve[s] the privileges of the ultra-rich, the corporate overseers, and the brass in the military and civilian order"

-
Friendly Fascism (Gross, 1980) p. 167).

Gross showed plainly how public discourse controlled by the gatekeepers helps centers of power frame the reengineering of the social world as “reasonable” and inexorable because it is overtly friendly - to business - and, thus, integral to the logic of an efficient and free market.

The problem for public intellectuals like Miller who work tirelessly to preserve natural and civil rights is disarming the dissemblers and blind servants of power who come with a wink and a smile trying to reassure the masses to trust the plan.



Related: Confronting A Tyrannical System Without Firing A Single Shot

Since 9/11, the ethos of business as usual has been focused on normalizing the tyrannical demands of security as asserted by the transnational partnerships among “the corporate overseers and the brass in the military and civilian order” (Gross, 1980, p. 167).

Old Man Warner would be proud to see so many of his heirs today maintaining the lottery and asserting the need to follow hideous traditions no matter where they lead. Dery notes that:


"Extreme disbelief - a skepticism so radical it dismisses nearly every official narrative as propaganda - can make for strange bedfellows.”

In a sane world, this could not be any truer.


Related Articles:

Hide and Seek: How politicians seek to hide your information away

‘Dangerous’ New Wave of Censorship Culminating in the US: Dershowitz

DeSantis Signs Bill to Stop Big Tech Censorship of Floridians

Woke-a-Cola: How To Destroy A World-Leading Brand In 60 Seconds

Texas Governor Backs Bill Prohibiting Social Media Censorship of Conservative Speech

Banned Dr. Seuss Books Already Selling For Hundreds Of Dollars On Ebay

Amazon Quietly Bans Books Containing Undefined ‘Hate Speech’

Banned Dr. Seuss Books Already Selling For Hundreds Of Dollars On Ebay

How to Survive “Cancel Culture” When You Have Unpopular Opinions

Ever Expanding Censorship in the “Land of the Free”

The Culture Curators Want to Think for You

The Authoritarian Noose Tightens

Films, Videos, and Publications Classification (Urgent Interim Classification of Publications and Prevention of Online Harm) Amendment Bill

Biden Administration Urges Supreme Court to Allow Schools to Censor Student Expression Online

Harry Potter quiz cancelled at festival delving into cancel culture

Technocratic-Corporate-Covitocracy

Constitutional Lawyer Reveals Trump’s Killshot to Defeat Voter Fraud

Situation Update, Dec. 10th – Texas lawsuit with SCOTUS reveals pathway to instant victory for Trump

Texas Files Lawsuit Asks SCOTUS To Block 4 States From Participating in Electoral College

YouTube Bans Creators From Questioning 2020 Presidential Election; Bans Investigating Possible Fraud

Pennsylvania House Leaders File Brief to Support Texas in Supreme Court Lawsuit Against Pennsylvania

39 States Pick Sides in Texas Supreme Court Election Challenge

Election Supervisor Shows on Video How Dominion Software Allows Changing, Adding Votes

YouTube Starts Removing Election Fraud Content; Experts Say It’s Unprecedented

Inauguration Committee Fails to Pass Resolution Acknowledging Biden as President-Elect

C. J. Hopkins Explains How the Western Presstitutes Demonized President Trump

CEO's GRILLED over Whistleblower Evidence of De-platforming Collusion Between Big Tech

Sen. Hawley Reveals Secret Info From FB Whistleblower That Leaves Zuckerberg SPEECHLESS

YouTube Suspends Pro-Trump News Network OANN, Completely Demonetizes Channel Over Unlisted Video

Edward Snowden On Big Tech Companies, Like Facebook, Censoring & Controlling Information

Facebook Fact-Checker Funded by Chinese Money Through TikTok


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Twenty One Goals Of The Illuminati And The Committee Of 300 + The Sides Are Being Drawn Up Now
June 20 2021 | From: EducateYourself / Farouk

From: 'Conspirators' Hierachy: The Story of The Committee of 300' [Historical but relevant articles]



By Dr. John Coleman.(Written circa 1993)

Related: Behold, A Pale Horse: Its Rider Is Named Neocon And Hell Follows Him

1. To establish a One World Government/New World Order with a unified church and monetary system under their direction. The One World Government began to set up its church in the 1920:s and 30:s, for they realized the need for a religious belief inherent in mankind must have an outlet and, therefore, set up a "church" body to channel that belief in the direction they desired.


2. To bring about the utter destruction of all national identity and national pride, which was a primary consideration if the concept of a One World Government was to work.


3. To engineer and bring about the destruction of religion, and more especially, the Christian Religion, with the one exception, their own creation, as mentioned above.



Related: The Vision Of Technocracy


4. To establish the ability to control of each and every person through means of mind control and what Zbignew Brzezinski called techonotronics, which would create human-like robots and a system of terror which would make Felix Dzerzinhski's Red Terror look like children at play.


5. To bring about the end to all industrialization and to end the production of nuclear generated electric power in what they call "the post-industrial zero-growth society". Excepted are the computer- and service industries. US industries that remain will be exported to countries such as Mexico where abundant slave labor is available.

As we saw in 1993, this has become a fact through the passage of the North American Free Trade Agreement, known as NAFTA.

Unemployables in the US, in the wake of industrial destruction, will either become opium-heroin and/or cocaine addicts, or become statistics in the elimination of the "excess population" process we know of today as Global 2000.


6. To encourage, and eventually legalize the use of drugs and make pornography an "art-form", which will be widely accepted and, eventually, become quite commonplace.



Related: CIA MKULTRA: Drugs To Take Down The Nation


7. To bring about depopulation of large cities according to the trial run carried out by the Pol Pot regime in Cambodia. It is interesting to note that Pol Pot's genocidal plans were drawn up in the US by one of the Club of Rome's research foundations, and overseen by Thomas Enders, a high-ranking State Department official. It is also interesting that the committee is currently seeking to reinstate the Pol Pot butchers in Cambodia.


8. To suppress all scientific development except for those deemed beneficial by the Illuminati. Especially targeted is nuclear energy for peaceful purposes. Particularly hated are the fusion experiments currently being scorned and ridiculed by the Illuminati and its jackals of the press.

Development of the fusion torch would blow the Illuminati's conception of "limited natural resources" right out of the window. A fusion torch, properly used, could create unlimited and as yet untapped natural resources, even from the most ordinary substances.



Related: Tesla’s Anti-Gravity Research In Use In Dozens Of Secretive Military Projects

Fusion torch uses are legion, and would benefit mankind in a manner which, as yet, is not even remotely comprehended by the public.


9. To cause. by means of A) limited wars in the advanced countries, B) by means of starvation and diseases in the Third World countries, the death of three billion people by the year 2050, people they call "useless eaters". The Committee of 300 (Illuminati) commissioned Cyrus Vance to write a paper on this subject of how to bring about such genocide.

The paper was produced under the title "Global 2000 Report" and was accepted and approved for action by former President James Earl Carter, and Edwin Muskie, then Secretary of States, for and on behalf of the US Government. Under the terms of the Global 2000 Report, the population of the US is to be reduced by 100 million by the year of 2050.



Related:
Mysterious Georgia Guidestones Get Strange 2014 Update


10. To weaken the moral fiber of the nation and to demoralize workers in the labor class by creating mass unemployment. As jobs dwindle due to the post industrial zero growth policies introduced by the Club of Rome, the report envisages demoralized and discouraged workers resorting to alcohol and drugs.

The youth of the land will be encouraged by means of rock music and drugs to rebel against the status quo, thus undermining and eventually destroying the family unit. In this regard, the Committee commissioned Tavistock Institute to prepare a blueprint as to how this could be achieved.

Tavistock directed Stanford Research to undertake the work under the direction of Professor Willis Harmon. This work later became known as the "Aquarian Conspiracy".


11. To keep people everywhere from deciding their own destinies by means of one created crisis after another and then "managing" such crises.



Related: 1924 Newspaper Article Outlines Six Goals Of The Illuminati

This will confuse and demoralize the population to the extent where faced with too many choices, apathy on a massive scale will result. In the case of the US, an agency for Crisis Management is already in place. It is called the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA), whose existence I first enclosed in 1980.


12. To introduce new cults and continue to boost those already functioning which include rock music gangsters such as the Rolling Stones (a gangster group much favored by European Black Nobility), and all of the Tavistock-created rock groups which began with the Beatles.


13. To continue to build up the cult of Christian Fundamentalism begun by the British East India Company's servant Darby, which will be misused to strengthen the Zionist State of Israel by identifying with the Jews through the myth of "God's chosen people", and by donating very substantial amounts of money to what they mistakenly believe is a religious cause in the furtherance of Christianity.


14. To press for the spread of religious cults such as the Moslem Brotherhood, Moslem Fundamentalism, the Sikhs, and to carry out mind control experiments of the Jim Jones and "Son of Sam" type.



Related: The Committee of 300 | The Conspiracy to Rule the World

It is worth noting that the late Khomeini was a creation of British Military Intelligence Div. 6, MI6. This detailed work spelled out the step-by-step process which the US Government implemented to put Khomeini in power.


15. To export "religious liberation" ideas around the world so as to undermine all existing religions, but more especially the Christian religion. This began with the "Jesuit Liberation Theology", that brought an end to the Somoza Family rule in Nicaragua, and which today is destroying El Salvador, now 25 years into a "civil war".

Costa Rica and Honduras are also embroiled in revolutionary activities, instigated by the Jesuits. One very active entity engaged in the so-called liberation theology, is the Communist-oriented Mary Knoll Mission. This accounts for the extensive media attention to the murder of four of Mary Knoll's so-called nuns in El Salvador a few years ago.

The four nuns were Communist subversive agents and their activities were widely documented by the Government of El Salvador. The US press and the new media refused to give any space or coverage to the mass of documentation possessed by the Salvadorian Government, which proved what the Mary Knoll Mission nuns were doing in the country.

Mary Knoll is in service in many countries, and placed a leading role in bringing Communism to Rhodesia, Moçambique, Angola and South Africa.


16. To cause a total collapse of the world's economies and engender total political chaos.




Related: More Confessions Of An Economic Hit Man: "This Time, They’re Coming For Your Democracy"


17. To take control of all foreign and domestic policies of the US.


18. To give the fullest support to supranational institutions such as the United Nations, the International Monetary Fund (IMF), the Bank of International Settlements, the World Court and, as far as possible, make local institutions less effective, by gradually phasing them out or bringing them under the mantle of the UN.


19. To penetrate and subvert all governments, and work from within them to destroy the sovereign integrity of the nations represented by them.



Related: Anonymous: De-Mystifying The Concept Of The Deep State + Doctor Explains Why The Public Is So Stupid - Trusting The Government & Fake News


20. To organize a world-wide terrorist apparatus [Al-queda, ISIS, ISIL, etc.] and to negotiate with terrorists whenever terrorist activities take place. It will be recalled that it was Bettino Craxi, who persuaded the Italian and US Governments to negotiate with the Red Brigades kidnapers of Prime Minister Moro and General Dozier.

As an aside, Dozier was placed under strict orders not to talk what happened to him. Should he ever break that silence, he will no doubt be made "a horrible example of", in the manner in which Henry Kissinger dealt with Aldo Moro, Ali Bhutto and General Zia ul Haq.


21. To take control of education in America with the intent and purpose of utterly and completely destroying it.



Related: Unschooling: Radical Education That Produces Free Human Beings Instead Of Slaves

By 1993, the full force effect of this policy is becoming apparent, and will be even more destructive as primary and secondary schools begin to teach "Outcome Based Education" (OBE).




The Sides Are Being Drawn Up Now

Team A has USA-Trump, Russia-Putin and China-Xi (plus the Golden Dragons). Team B consists of the Poop (Pope), Committee of 300 Gang and the old Fiat Wealth held by Rothschilds’ Banksters and European old Royalty (?) Families.



Team A has the winning game plans as they have the largest global economies and the BIGGEST ARMIES.

Related: Footsteps of the Amanah

The 2017 G20 Meeting cleared the air on these sides. The Putin-Trump meeting sealed it. Eye contact and handshakes cemented relationships.



Related:
Trump, Putin Up Against The US Deep State + Report: DNC Files Copied Locally - Not Hacked By Russia

Much more to come. There are earthquakes all over the Western financial world as a result. It is now G3 plus 17 wannabe’s who had better get their acts together.

Of course the head Fraudster, the Pontiff, immediately called for a “One World Government” that must rope in The United States as “America has a distorted vision of the World” and that Americans must be ruled by a world government, as soon as possible, “for their own good”.

And so Yellin’ Yellen immediately comes out stating that the FED is going to continue raising rates and removing Dollar liquidity from the global markets (a stooge move “for America’s own good”?).



Related: Vatican Police 'Break Up Gay Orgy' At Home Of One Of Pope Francis' Advisors & Germany Dismantles Huge Ring Of 87,000 Members Involved In Child Abuse

Of course the Poop’s vision of the World is for him (not HIM) and his (NOT HIS) Church to be the defacto ruler of the whole World through the fraudulent and fallacious enslavement of all mankind through limited liability corporations and their minions controlling fiat financial institutions, governments and all major industries.

The “Trifuckya” of the US, Russia and China clearly derails this old philosophy and control system and all that cling to it. This Old Guard has been exposed and much, much more is to come.

So what is going to happen next?

I anticipate that there will be more financial turmoil. The Europeans see the writing on the wall concerning the EU and EURO and the immigration mess disrupting their economies.



Related: Exposed: The Nazi Roots Of The European Union

All of that is coming “un-done”. Pumping more fiat Euros to plug the dikes will not work as liberal socialism has already proven. Germany cannot hold it all together any more.

The Swiss and City of London banks have no more gold. And anyone with any sense (cents) is packing their bugout bags for their new homes in South America or New Zealand and moving their money to Dubai.

Financially the fiat money system is faced with an inevitable “re-valuation”. The question is whether this will be a “free fall disaster”, a “one off adjustment” or a “soft landing”?

Then there is the REAL option of the United States returning to its dejure “united States Republic” which is under genuine legal reaffirmations NOW and will redefine global finances and expose the frauds that have been perpetrated.

My feeling is that there will be an abrupt change as orchestrated by the US, Russia and China most likely through the AIIB and CHIPS system. This will be done in a series of steps.



Related: BRICS Bank, AIIB To Strengthen Global Financial System - Putin

Trump will have to close the FED, foreclose on the bankrupt United States of America, Inc. and USA, Inc. which in turn will re-establish the Republic while at the same time cause the shut down the IMF, World Bank, UN and BIS (all of which will have to undergo serious restructuring if they are to survive).

The gold and silver backed US Treasury Dollar, the Remimbi and Ruble will be the defacto global currencies. Every other country will then peg their currencies to these reserve currencies. The Yen, Euro and Pound will no longer be reserve currencies.

To cut the Poop’s umbilical cord of global slavery will require countries to pass legislation that removes the “limited liability” of corporations, trusts, LLC’s and all such derivations. Without “limited liability immunity” everyone in a company (and incorporated country, state, county or city) will be fully liable and accountable and responsible.



Related: Lawful And Legal: Why You Need To Know What They Mean + It Is All A Word Game: Why “Persons” Are Not Real

No more hiding behind the “corporate veil” and the fraud that it permits.

Shifting from the “SEA” to “LAND” jurisdiction is what IS HAPPENING. This process is speeding up and will have profound impact on all global societies.

Educate yourself in this transitioning as you will be moving out of “strawman slavery” to your real freeman freedom and liberty (in every country!).

This transitioning will not be easy as unraveling centuries of fraud is a complex task. Re-educating whole populations that have been brainwashed and dumbed-down by repeated lies and battered by enforcement officers, will take time and patience. The Creator has willed it. So be it.


Related Articles:

The Strawman Is The Ego: The Parasite Cleanse Begins At Home

The ‘Great Reset’: A Technocratic Agenda That Waited Years For A Global Crisis To Exploit & Globalists Will Need Another Crisis As Their Reset Agenda Fails

The Fraudulent Monetary System & The Occult Meanings Of Mortgage: Why A Mortgage Is A Pledge To The Dead

Financial Fraud: Easy Money Corrupts The Monetary System

May 1st: The Day Slavery System Transferred From Monarchies To The Corporations

A Quick Review Of Fake Medical Diagnostic Tests + Author Exposes The “Vaccine Deep State”- A Massive Criminal Fraud And Embezzlement Ring Inside The CDC

How The Deep State ‘Justifies’ Itself In America

Changes That Are Coming: The Deep State’s Control Is Fast Coming To An End

A Textbook Case Of Treason + Trump: A Threat To The Deep State


How To Stop The Media From Controlling Your Mind + Why The ‘Red Pill’ Has Become So Big


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Overcoming The Fear Of Intimacy: A Helpful Advice For The Wounded Heart
June 19 2021 | From: TheUnboundedSpirit / Various

What we all deep down long for is a sense of connection with our fellow human beings. We need to feel that we belong to a greater whole - a community.



Whether consciously or unconsciously, we deeply desire to love and to be loved. We crave to share our being with one another - to give and receive from the heart.

Related: Scientists: Earth’s Magnetic Fields Carry Biologically Relevant Information That ‘Connects All Living Systems’

It is connection that truly makes us feel fulfilled and content. Yet, in our world connection is almost nowhere to be found. It has been lost, and people have forgotten all about it. They don’t feel part of a community - rather, they feel separated and alienated.

They feel alone in a crowd that is indifferent and cold towards them. They don’t feel that they belong to the world - they just happened to be placed there but it doesn’t feel like home at all.

It’s not surprising that most of us feel this way, considering the world we’ve been brought up into. Our world is full of competition, with everyone fighting against everyone else, each for their own individual interest.



Related: Toxic Relationship Habits Most People Think Are Normal

They all try their best to maximize their personal gain at the expense of others.

Naturally, when you’re living in a world that is inimical to you, how can you feel at home with it? And how can you open up your heart and share your being with those around you, if you sense that their intentions are negative towards you?

It’s extremely difficult, and so you choose to close yourself off to them. You retreat, you become distant, you build walls around your heart, so thick and tall that nobody can penetrate them. By doing so, you feel protected, safe, secure, but at the same time you’re throwing your very happiness away.


Intimacy and Vulnerability

Look around you and you’ll see almost everywhere people wearing social masks to hide their psyche from others, because that’s the best way to not allow another person to come close to themselves.

When you pretend to be someone you are not, others cannot understand who you truly are, and you can’t understand them. This way any possibility of genuine communication between you and them is lost. And when there’s lack of understanding between people, how can there be connection? It’s impossible.



Related: New Research Shocks Scientists: Human Emotion Physically Shapes Reality

Connection needs intimacy, and intimacy needs openness, honesty. Therefore, in order to be intimate with another, you need to tear off your worn-out masks and expose your naked self under the sun.

Then people will be able to look at you in the eye and experience the depths of your being.

To be open and honest, however, means to put yourself in a state of vulnerability. In that state, you can be easily wounded (the word vulnerability is derived from the Latin vulnerare, which means “to wound”, so vulnerability is our susceptibility to be wounded) and this is what most people are afraid of. Having been wounded time and time again in the past, they don’t want to be wounded again, so they avoid opening up their hearts and exposing themselves.


Love and Intimacy

Even partners who claim to be deeply in love aren’t that intimate. They deceive one another with all sorts of tricks so as not to risk experiencing emotional vulnerability.

But when there’s no intimacy, there can’t be love. When you are afraid to open up yourself to another, how can you allow yourself to be loved by another? And how can you love another, if you don’t feel at ease with him or her?

Love is the most intimate connection, yet the most dreaded one. But I am asking you: what’s the point of living without love? There’s none. Without love, life becomes meaningless and utterly empty. Without love, there can’t be any true sense of fulfillment.



Related: The Trap Of Romantic Love

So if we’d like to find meaning and fulfillment, we need to realize that the walls between us humans have to be broken down - with our very hands. And instead of building walls that separate us, we need to build bridges that bring us together, help us to overcome our fear of intimacy and re-connect with one another.

Of course, to the separate ego, this might look like a very risky thing to do, considering the emotional vulnerability that goes hand-in-hand with close, intimate relationships.

The ego will resist and do anything it can to cling to the old known past, but we shouldn’t pay attention to it - instead, we should work on what we know in our hearts to be good and act from that loving space for the benefit of ourselves and all humankind.


Related Articles:

The Quantum Theory On Mind-Body Connection + Morphic Resonance: The Science Of Interconnectedness

Fear: False Evidence Appearing Real

Ecology And The Human Heart

In Harmony With All Life: The Open Source Way + Lifting The Veil: Merging Science And Spirituality

Research Shocks Scientists: Human Emotion Physically Shapes Reality

How Thoughts Create Atoms And Emotions Formulate Time

Emotional Intelligence: The Social Skills You Weren't Taught In School



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Everything Is Fake: Top 40 Pieces Of Fakery In Our World!
June 18 2021 | From: MaineRepublic / Various

Everything is fake in our society today – or at least a great many things are. Our world is filled with an extraordinary amount of lies, deception, disinformation, misinformation, fakery, fraud, facades, mirages, propaganda and brainwashing.



The good thing though is that once you awaken to the deception, you can use it as a tool for raising your consciousness. The idea that virtually everything is fake can be empowering rather than depressing.

Related: Exposing The Mainstream Consensus Reality Complex

Sure, we’ve all felt overwhelmed, sad, angry and impotent at times when we’ve seen just how easily our (mis)leaders can fool the masses with sophistry and empty rhetoric, but they’ve all been placed there to challenge us to wake up more quickly and fully, and reclaim our world.

Here’s my list of the top 40 pieces of fakery in our world today:


1. Fake News

Let’s begin with the MSM (Mainstream Media), better called the lamestream media, and their “news”, which is essentially corporate infotainment. The MSM waters down the news and makes it entertaining to further distract people from things of real significance.

There is nothing balanced, impartial or fair about MSM news. In the US, Australia and many other Western nations, the news is dominated by a handful of for-profit corporations who are legally bound to provide a return on investment to their shareholders.



Related: Soros Alliance Of Tech Giants Join PornHub To Create “Day Of Action” Protest & “Aren’t You Embarrassed?”: Conway Takes On CNN’s Fake News In Marathon Interview

This means running “news” pieces which either promote the agenda of the corporate owners (especially the military agenda) or censoring stories which would hurt political allies and advertisers (like Big Pharma, who is the biggest contributor of funds for advertising on MSM according to former US Senator Robert Kennedy Jr.).

Additionally, the news is literally fake – remember the CNN green screen stunt where they pretended they were being bombed in Saudi Arabia but were really in a studio? What about lying news anchos like Brian Williams and Bill O’Reilly (Bill O’Leilly)?


2. Fake Journalism

Alongside fake news, of course, comes equally fake journalism. MSM journalists today are not the true investigative reporters of yore.

There are exceptions such as journalists who used to work for the MSM Big 6 and are now working independently (either leaving of their own volition or having been fired) such as Ben Swann and Sharyl Attkisson.

However, they are few and far between. Most journalists function as little more than parrots repeating the corporate party line, and are too scared to rock the boat for fear of losing their jobs.



Related: Mainstream Media Insults The Public's Intelligence On Vaccines & Vaccinated Vs. Unvaccinated Pilot Study: Early Vaccination Sees Exponential Increase In Chronic Disorders + Lies, Vaccines And The New Zealand Media

The White House strictly controls who has “access” to the President and other officials. In general, if you want more access, you have to toe the line and ask easy, softball questions that make politicians look good.

Additionally, the Government admitted it made video news releases or prepackaged news for the MSM, which then broadcast these releases as “news” without disclosing to its viewers that the pieces were premade by the Government!


3. Fake Entertainment

On the topic of media, let’s turn our attention to Hollywood and the entertainment industry.

If you’re looking for fakery and superficiality, look no further, because Hollywood and certain parts of southern California are about as shallow as it gets.



Related: The Secret Meaning of April Fool’s Day - Including: Bread And Circus, Medication And Conditioning, Omission And Denial

The dominating culture there dictates that it’s more important what you look like than who you are; more important who you hang out with (and are seen with) than what you know; and more important how big your Botox lips or silicone breasts are than how big your heart is; and more important what you own and what’s in your bank account than what gifts you’ve given to the world.

Hollywood’s film and music industries are imbued with Satanism. This is easily seen with its influence on heavy metal, rock, hip hop and these days even pop (take a look at the Illuminati symbology in the music and videos of Madonna or Katy Perry).

Actresses such as Rosanne Barr and many other Hollywood insiders have exposed how mind control, prostitution (turning up-and-coming stars into prostitutes or forcing them to have sex to “make” it) and pedophilia are rife throughout Hollywood.



Related: Paris Jackson Interview: Michael Jackson Was “Absolutely” Murdered

Michael Jackson suffered from mind control and attempted to tell the world before he was killed. Many others such as Mariah Carey and Britney Spears show obvious signs of mind control.


4. Fake Corporate PR and Advertising

Another aspect of visual media (TV) that makes you sick are these generic “we care” fake feel-good commercials made by slick marketing departments of the corporatocracy, trying to get you to associate them with happiness, caring, giving, equality or any other value they choose from a list. They use marketing as a kind of weaponized psychology.

Did you ever wonder why Big Pharma always shows beautiful models, happy retired people, bouncing dogs or smiling babies to peddle its poisonous, side-effect laden drugs?



Related: Is Subliminal Advertising Legit?

Corporations are soulless entities and legal persons – the epitome of fakery in many ways since they are fake persons with the rights of people and the responsibilities of none.


5. Fake Medicine

Big Pharma is the force behind Western Medicine, and Rockefeller is the force behind both of them.

With its smorgasbord of synthetic drugs, vaccines, surgery, chemotherapy and radiation, Western medicine or allopathy has earned the dubious honor of killing hundreds of thousands of people every year.

A 2000 study by Dr. Barbara Starfield, MD, found that allopathy kills 225,000 per year in the US, while a 2003 study by Dr. Gary Null, MD and others, found that allopathy kills 783,000 per year in the US.


Starfield concluded that Western Medicine in America causes:

12,000 deaths from unnecessary surgeries;

7,000 deaths from medication errors in hospitals;

20,000 deaths from other errors in hospitals;

80,000 deaths from infections acquired in hospitals; and

106,000 deaths from FDA-approved correctly prescribed medicines.




Related: Faking Medical Reality


Null et al concluded that Western Medicine causes:

37,136 deaths from unnecessary procedures;

32,000 deaths related to surgery;

98,000 deaths from medical error;

115,000 deaths from bedsores;

88,000 deaths from infection;

108,800 deaths from malnutrition;

199,000 deaths related to outpatients; and

106,000 deaths from adverse drug reactions.


Now, with its antibiotic drugs becoming more useless in the face of rising super bugs, you have to really question whether an entire medical system that is based on masking symptoms, “managing” illness, and getting patients on a hamster wheel of pill after pill after pill, can really constitute true healing – or whether it’s just more fakery.


6. Fake Scientific Research

Backing the Rockefeller’s Western medical Big Pharma cartel is a massive pile of fake scientific research.

Like anything fake, the veneer looks shiny and leads you to believe what lies inside is trustworthy and reputable, when in reality it’s reams of biased and concocted research with a peer-reviewed stamp on it.



Related: Peer Reviewed 'Science' Losing Credibility Due To Fraudulent Research & Manufacturing Consent In Science: The Diabolical Twist

Former Big Pharma reps, esteemed medical journal editors and even insider governmental scientists have all confessed the shocking truth that a large amount of the published scientific data out there is fraudulent and simply can’t be trusted. Check out the top 10 tricks used by corporate junk science.


7. Fake Acquired Immunity

Another piece of fakery is the idea that vaccine-induced immunity or acquired immunity could possibly be identical to natural immunity, which one receives after having successfully warded off a disease (e.g. like chickenpox).

Vaccine proponents even go so far as to insist that the unvaccinated are endangering the vaccinated by not getting their shots (the herd immunity argument) – which defies logic, since if vaccines really worked, there would be no need for the vaccinated to worry about catching anything from the unvaccinated.

In my article Herd Immunity vs. Viral Shedding: Who’s Infecting Whom? I discuss how the human immune system is vastly more complex and sophisticated than we understand, and is made up of specific and non-specific parts.



Related: A Quick Review Of Fake Medical Diagnostic Tests + Author Exposes The “Vaccine Deep State”- A Massive Criminal Fraud And Embezzlement Ring Inside The CDC

A vaccine does not closely resemble natural immunity in many ways, including only engendering a specific response, having a completely different point of entry, not conferring lifelong immunity, etc.

Besides, vaccines are full of toxins and carcinogens, including fetal tissue. The elite have admitted vaccines are being used for depopulation.

Related: Bill Gates Admits Vaccines Are Used for Human Depopulation

The real issue is not herd immunity but rather viral shedding, whereby the vaccinated are infecting the unvaccinated. Vaccines are yet another example of supreme fakery in today’s fake world.


8. Fake Food

True immunity is derived from lifestyle and diet, including what quality of exercise, sleep and nutrition you get.

This brings us to the topic of food. Our food today has become so processed and packaged, so full of preservatives and plastics, that it has become fake food. It gets churned out of a factory rather than grown on a farm or field.



Click on the image above to view a larger version in a new window

Related: An Invisible Form Of Oppression: Our Food System

It’s full of artificial flavors and synthetic tastes – some of them even derived from aborted fetal tissue as Pepsi was forced to admit. Some of it is so refined and over-cooked it barely has more nutrition inside of it than a piece of cardboard.

When you add the monstrosity of GMOs (Genetically Modified Organisms) into the mix, you get a final product that Dr. Rima Laibow calls “phude” rather than “food”, because the final engineered, processed product is so far removed from what our ancestors knew as real food.

By the way, GMOs, in case you hadn’t heard, can lead to organ failure, infertility and cancer, and are genetically modifying you as GM proteins bypass digestion and go directly into your blood (as is theirultimate purpose).



Related: GE Food Venture: Chronically Dependent On Deception

GMOs by their very nature are engineered to withstand massive doses of chemical and hazardous pesticides. GMOs are basically a way for chemical companies like Monsanto and Dow to sell more chemicals, because people need them to grow Big Biotech’s fake food. The WHO recently declared Monsanto’s glyphosate and Dow’s 2-4,D pesticides as probably and possibly carcinogenic, respectively.


9. Fake Water

Just as we have fake food, we also have fake water. Real water is flowing and alive, as you can find in a river or mountain stream.

Unfortunately, most of our drinking water today is dead, having passed through 90° right angles in a pipe, having been treated with chlorine and fluoride (both toxins), and containing remnants of antibiotics, glyphosate and Big Pharma drugs. It may do just enough to keep us alive, but it’s not allowing us to thrive.

Water has memory and carries past information, as the pioneering research of Masaru Emoto showed. It absorbs what you are thinking and feeling, and changes its structure accordingly.



Related: Lawsuit Could End Water Fluoridation Once And For All By Demonstrating Its Neurotoxicity

If we as a society keep using synthetic drugs and flushing them down the waterways, the water will remember that, and future drinkers of it will get the “memory information” of drugs in their system, regardless of whether they actually take pharmaceuticals or not.

Not all water is equal. How beneficial it is depends on how it is structured. It is heartening to see people promoting structured water, which returns the buoyancy to the hydrogen and oxygen atoms making up the water molecule. We are water.

Whatever we do to our water we do to ourselves. One way out of the deception and conspiracy is to take control of your water, and find a pure source, or ensure you both filter and structure your water to make it as life-giving as possible.

Related: Experiment Proves That Thoughts & Intentions Can Alter Physical Reality


10. Fake Choice

The US (and other Western nations) like to pride themselves on being free, open and offering so much choice to the average citizen. But do they really?

What kind of choice is it when you can choose from over 1000 channels on cable TV and 25 flavors of frozen yoghurt, but when it comes to running society, all the major candidates for political office have identical policies on the things that count?



All the western countries have a red party and a blue party, the illusion of choice

Related: Ardern Intent On Smashing Free Speech

Is there any real choice when one US politician is slightly tougher on immigration, but both support the current parasitic monetary system (privately owned Rothschild central banks like the Federal Reserve), the continuation and expansion of the US Empire through constant war and military base acquisition, and crony capitalism where politicians reward corporations at the expense of ordinary people?

Real choice is the power to have a say in the direction of society, not what material variety you have as a consumer.


11. Fake Money

A nation can never truly prosper as a free, fair and egalitarian society as long as it has a rigged monetary system. Today’s money is a privately-controlled creation.

The controllers, who own a government-sanctioned central bank in almost every country on earth, long ago convinced the government to adopt their funny money and rule that it be made legal tender.

This funny money is fake money, because it carries no intrinsic value. It’s just pieces of paper with ink – and now, increasingly, just digits typed into a computer. It’s fiat currency.

The word fiat means “by Government decree”, so funny money gets its value just because the Government says it does!

The founder of the Rothschild empire, Mayer Amschel Rothschild, once said:


“Give me control of a nation’s money and I care not who makes its laws”.

His son, Nathan Rothschild, said:



Related: The Rothschild’s Global Crime Syndicate And How It Works


“I care not what puppet is placed on the throne of England to rule the Empire. The man who controls Britain’s money supply controls the British Empire and I control the British money supply.”

Our world is unlikely to change until people realize the power of money creation, and demand to have it restored to public control, either under the Government or in another more decentralized way. The first step in all of this is for people to realize how fake our money is.


12. Fake Economy

Don’t you love the way political leaders get up in their public addresses and claim with a straight face that the state of the union and the economy are strong?

Anyone who has looked at the rapid and almost hyperbolic rise of governmental debt and borrowing in the last 10 years knows the west is in deep trouble.



Related: The World’s Best Economist

The USG owes a staggering $18 trillion, and many other nations worldwide (like the UK, Spain, Italy) are also in debt to the international banking cartel. What kind of economy relies on constantly borrowing money from tomorrow just to stay afloat today?

I’ll tell you – a completely fake economy that is bound to crash sooner or later when the debt gets called in.


13. Fake Free Markets

The NWO elite love to talk about the importance of free markets – when it suits them, of course.

By free markets they actually mean markets where they are unfettered by governmental regulation to exploit whomever and whatever they want, or conversely where they rely upon the Government to enforce something that ordinarily people would not choose.

Take for example California’s recent ruling of mandatory vaccinations, and the US Federal Government’s refusal to restrict GMOs or even allow GMO labeling.

The Government willingly destroys free markets around healthcare (Obamacare) and vaccines to benefit its Big Pharma masters, while simultaneously refusing to protect the public against the dangers it was created to guard against. We have convenient and fake free markets, not true ones.


14. Fake Free Trade Agreements

Another aspect of fake free markets is the spate of “free trade” agreements which is more Orwellian doublespeak for restricted trade agreements – that is, restricted to anyone except giant corporations.

Just look at the fallout from NAFTA, CAFTA and other free trade agreements which outsourced middle class jobs to China, India mad other developing nations and destroyed many American jobs. The latest round of secret treaties (the TPP, TTIP and TISA) will be more of the same.

As I documented in “How the TPP is Going to Affect You“, the TPP, if passed, will result in consequences like the weakening of the minimum wage, more censorship, more copyright, less freedom of expression, private corporate courts like the ISDS which supplant national sovereignty, stronger patents, more control for Big Pharma and less environmental protection.


15. Fake Accounting

Underpinning the fake economy is fake accounting. Remember on September 10th, 2001, when then Secretary of Defense Donald Rumsfeld (the same guy who gave the sweet killer aspartame to the world) announced that $2.3 trillion was missing and unaccounted for.

That’s right – he couldn’t find $2.3 trillion! The public has a short memory, and the very next day (conveniently) we were hit with the mass ritual and false flag attack of 9/11, so it all got swept under the carpet.

Even that figure, as preposterously large as it is, doesn’t compare to the $9 trillion allegedly “missing”, as explored here by Alan Grayson, one of the few US Congressmen with any principle or backbone.

Of course, the digitalization of money allows for every greater amounts of fakery than just fiat paper currency … and massive amounts of money are being siphoned off for black military operations (black ops) and the Secret Space Program.


16. Fake Welfare

The elite owners of multinational corporations, many of whom are millionaires if not billionaires, like to complain about the US welfare system and programs like SNAP or food stamps as it is colloquially called.

Meanwhile, corporate welfare is rakes in billions of dollars in governmental contracts, subsidies and tax cuts due to the corrupt and indue influence they wield (chiefly through lobbying). The point of welfare is to help the poorest and neediest – not the wealthiest.

The preponderance of corporate welfare and the power of corporatocracy is another sign that the US is a fascist society – fascist in Mussolini’s sense that the ruling class control affairs through the merging of State and Corporate power.


17. Fake Government

The figurehead of all this fakery is Government, so it’s no surprise that Government itself is also an entirely fake creation.

In the US, many legal documents such as the State Constitution of Arizona state that Government only exists ”… to protect the rights of the governed”, while documents such as the Declaration of Independence affirm that a Government only derives its powers with the consent of the governed.



Related: A Constitutional Timebomb: Is New Zealand’s Government And Court System Unlawful?

Current Governments around the world are fake – they exist to exploit rather than protect the public. Governments are not de jure entities but are rather de facto. They secretly incorporated (such as the US Government incorporating itself in 1871) and are now, legally, corporations whose sole purpose is to maximize profit.

Appropriately, the fake Government is headed by fake leaders or rather misleaders, who with the exception of a rare few, are puppets whose souls have been bought and paid for by the true ruling force behind the scenes.


18. Fake Republic

The US was set up to be a Republic, not a Democracy. What’s the difference?

The difference is that a republic contains protections of individual and minority rights, so that no mater who is in power, these basic rights can never be infringed, while a democracy runs on majority opinion, so that if a majority (whose emotions can easily be swayed by controllers who own the media and understand psychology) votes to impose its rule on the minority, that’s how it goes.

The US has been deliberately turned from a constitutional republic into a corporate democracy. It is a fake republic now.


19. Fake Democracy

The above points about republics and democracies was talking about the technical or legal definition of those terms.

In the broader sense, however, people use the word “democracy” to mean a system where the common people have a fair say in public affairs.

The US loves to boast how it is delivering democracy to the world, but most invaded countries see – and it’s a long list of aggression from the end of World War 2 until today, from Iran to Guatemala to Cuba to Chile to Panama to Kuwait to Libya to Iraq and many more – is not democracy but rather tanks, fighter jets, missiles and bombs.



Related: Republic Or Democracy And Self-Governance

True democracy has nothing to do with invading other sovereign nations and stealing their resources to please corporate puppeteers.


20. Fake Elections

Elections in many societies have become a farce with the introduction of rigged electronic voting machines that leave no paper trail.

If you can’t trust that your vote will be counted properly, how can you possibly think an average person could have any say at all in public affairs?



Related: DHS Sting Operation Rumors Of Massive Voting Fraud + Intelligence Expert Steve Pieczenik Claims 2020 Election Was A “Sophisticated Sting Operation” That Has Trapped The Democrats In The Most Massive Criminal Election Fraud In History

Stalin is rumored to have said that:


“The people who cast the votes decide nothing. The people who count the votes decide everything.”

The situation has become so absurd that in the 2012 US presidential race, it was candidate Mitt Romney’s company who actually purchased voting machines!

The film Uncounted did a great job exposing how rigged and dysfunctional the Diebold voting machines are.

In addition to rigged voting machines, consider how the fake debates we get shown on MSM TV, where elite-favored candidates are fed softball questions while anyone challenging the establishment is sidelined, given less air time and hit with personal attacks, unfounded accusations or hard questions.


21. Fake National Security

National security is the favorite justificatory term invoked by the elite to hide their documents and actions under the cloak of secrecy, while invading other sovereign nations abroad and taking away people’s rights domestically.

However, national security has nothing to do with making you more secure; it’s about making the elite more secure (by entrenching military secrecy and contracts) and you more insecure (by taking  your rights and liberties away).

Think of the immense amount of information kept classified and under lock and key – everything from UFOs to ETs to cancer cures to free energy devices – which the public deserves to know and has the right to know, yet fake national security is preventing them from accessing it.


22. Fake Defense

In the US and Australia it’s the Department of Defense/Defence. In NZ and the UK it’s the Ministry of Defence. In Canada it’s the Department of National Defence. Israel has its IDF (Israeli Defense Force).

Pick your country, it doesn’t matter: the war departments always adopt the PR language of defense, since it’s so much easier to justify than attack. Yet take a close look at what these nations do. They routinely attack other nations on the flimiest of pretexts to gain more geopolitical influence, install puppet dictators, steal land and pillage natural resources.

Israel loves to talk about its right to defend itself, but when has Israel ever been under a real threat of attack – apart from in their own imagination? Perhaps they were worried that a few Palestinians with rocks and sticks might be able to penetrate their billion-dollar defenses, generously donated by US taxpayers.

When has the US ever been in real danger of being attacked? Never. Pearl Harbor was an inside job– they knew it was coming. It was an excuse to get the US into WW2.

Since then (and even before then too), the US military has always been about unbridled aggression, preemptive strikes and attack, thanks to the out-of-control military-industrial-intelligence complex. There’s nothing defensive about it.

Since then (and even before then too), the US military has always been about unbridled aggression, preemptive strikes and attack, thanks to the out-of-control military-industrial-intelligence complex. There’s nothing defensive about it.


23. Fake Education

True education is the drawing out of the inherent beauty and talent inside of us.

This makes sense, since etymologically, it is derived from the Latin words “e” or “ex” meaning “out of”, and “ducare” meaning to lead or draw. True education stands in stark contrast to indoctrination, which as the word suggests is all about putting dogma, belief systems or doctrines into someone’s mind.

Unfortunately, our education system today is one of fake education or indoctrination, having been set up the elite in the early 20th century.



Related: Unschooling: Radical Education That Produces Free Human Beings Instead Of Slaves

They in turn based it on the earlier Prussian industrial school model which was designed to produce obedient citizens, workers and soldiers – not creative free thinkers who would challenge the system.

Many people such as Norman Dodd have exposed how powerful tax-exempt organizations, such as the Rockefeller, Carnegie and Ford Foundations, have hijacked the US Republic.

They especially focused their efforts on influencing the curriculum and using it to mold the minds of the impressionable young. John D. Rockefeller is widely quoted as saying, “I don’t want a nation of thinkers, I want a nation of workers.”


24. Fake Law

Just like many other aspects of our society, we are also surrounded by an entire system of fake law. Our legal system has been overtaken by admiralty jurisdiction or maritime jurisdiction, which was formerly used as the main commercial jurisdiction to adjudicate disputes among merchants sailing with goods on the seas between ports and countries.

However, the average man or woman is at a big disadvantage walking into commercial jurisdiction (rather than common law jurisdiction) where many rights don’t apply, because things are run on contract.



Related: Lawful And Legal: Why You Need To Know What They Mean & It Is All A Word Game: Why “Persons” Are Not Real

Much of today’s “law” is not true law but fake law: statutes, regulations, rules, policy, by-laws and codes. These are all commercial terms which only apply to commercial entities – such as your legal person or strawman, the capital letters name/version of yourself, which functions as the joinder or bridge to cross over from common law into commercial law.

The Government and Law Society rely upon deception to trick you into accepting their presumptions of law as facts of law. These presumptions become unrebutted facts unless you challenge them.

The truth is that all of these statutes do not apply to you unless you agree to be part of some society or organization, and this includes unwittingly admitting you are a citizen or resident of a country, which legally means you are a member / employee / franchisee of the United States Inc. or any other privately-incorporated Government.



The same goes when you admit you a “taxpayer” to the IRS.

You can learn more about how to escape all of this trickery by educating yourself with sovereignty resources.


25. Fake Rights

We are all born free. We are all born with real, natural, unalienable, God-given, inherent human rights – choose whatever word you want to describe them – regardless of where you were born geographically.

Yet instead of honoring these inherent rights, governments like to give us fake rights instead, which are really just privileges in disguise.

The thing about privileges, of course, is that they can be revoked at any time by the governing authority. As I discussed in the article “We All Have Inherent Rights – Regardless of Whether a Nation’s “Authority” Recognizes It“, we have been given “civil rights” and UN “human rights” which are not the same thing as stand alone, inherent rights.

These fake rights have the effect of making us more like servant-slave, rather than master-creator, in relation to Government.


26. Fake Consent

Just as we have been tricked with fake law and fake rights, we have also been tricked with fake consent.

Many of the contracts we sign with Government or the big corporations are adhesion contracts, meaning a contract where one side is heavily favored by the terms and where the other party is severely restricted.

These include but are not limited to contracts with the DMV (driver’s licenses), IRS and SSA, as well as those concerning voter registration, bank accounts and credit cards.

By law, to have a valid contract, all parties must enter knowingly, willfully, and voluntarily, with full disclosure of all of the terms; if not, then the contract is considered unconscionable and an act of fraud.

There are ways of revoking adhesion contracts, but most people don’t even realize they unwittingly gave consent in the first place.


27. Fake Morality

I have already covered how utterly fake the MSM is. Yet, for all their fakery, they love to claim the high moral ground and pretend they are being ethical and proper, all the while deliberately deceiving you and lying to your face.

The MSM will happily condone the bombing of 3rd world countries and paint war in a good light at the behest of its military-corpoate owners, but will act all outraged because someone walked around naked or said the word “f*ck”.

It then goes to great lengths to censor certain words like this – f*ck – while going on it merry way, e.g. supporting the Zionist Israeli destruction of Palestine by pretending that Israel is not the aggressor or is in serious danger.


28. Fake Spirituality

True spirituality, which is the awareness of one’s own divine nature and one’s own connection to the Infinite, has been usurped by organized religion, which has inserted its own set of middlemen (priests, pastors, rabbis, imams, etc.) between you and the Infinite, and started to charge you a fee for “divine translation services”.



Related: The Opiate Of The Masses: When Religion Becomes An Addiction

From one perspective you can say that all religions contain a kernel of truth, and that is true; however, from another perspective, you can say that all religions have become bogged down in dogma, doctrine, fantasy and ridiculous belief, are recycled Sun and Saturn worship, and are selling people down the garden path with a mixture of disempowering beliefs and Satanic elements.

David Icke, Jordan Maxwell and others have highlighted how religions have borrowed and stolen elements from previous versions, how the Middle East is a religion factory (see embedded video above) and how religion has ultimately been given to us to deceive us.


29. Fake Clouds

As the geoengineering agenda races onward unabated, people are still in denial about the existence of chemtrails, preferring instead to believe the fake argument that they are contrails – despite the fact that experienced pilots have confirmed that contrails disappear in 10-12 seconds, while chemtrails linger for hours.

These days geoengineering has changed its name multiple times (including SRM [Solar Radiation Management] and Climate Remediation), probably in an attempt to confuse people and cover up the horrific reality of its activities.

Sadly, today as you gaze up into the sky, there is no guarantee any more that you are seeing real clouds. With the intense amount of aerosol spraying and cloud seeding going on, there is always a good chance you are seeing the fake clouds of geoengineering, which continues to spray toxic sulfates and iodides of barium, strontium, aluminum, iron and silver.

Geoengineeing has been implicated in the decline of the bee population. Meanwhile, Big Biotech owns the patents on aluminum-resistant GMO crops – which I’m sure is just a coincidence. Nothing to worry about; move along please!

Related: The United Nations Exposes Chemtrails 100% Proof We Are Being Poisoned 


30. Fake War on Terror

When it comes to fakery, the utterly fake War on Terror is close to the top of the list. As Aussie comedian Steve Hughes says, how can you have a war on something which is the consequence of war?

Terror is a consequence of war. Terrorism is one of the most deceptive and effective tools of the NWO (New World Order) to trick people into allowing centralization of control, and allowing Government to pass laws, encroach upon rights and grab power when it otherwise would not have been able to do so.



Related: Israeli Defense Minister Confirms Israel Backing Of ISIS In Syria

Look at the Patriot Act another horrendous pieces of legislation which gutted the Bill of Rights, passed in haste because scared politicians wouldn’t stop to read it, and a scared population went along with it.

However, we were warned about fake terrorism. Recall Aaron Russo’s account of his meeting with Nick Rockefeller, who was trying to bring him in to the inner folds of the NWO, and revealed to him that the elite were planning false flag attacks and a global war on terror way before 9/11 occurred.

Recall also Carol Rosin’s account, who learnt from Nazi/NASA insider Werner von Braun who predicted that the game plan was to fool people with fake communism, fake terrorism, fake asteroids and a fake alien invasion.


31. Fake Lone Nutter Killers

This is another favorite tactic of the elite – kill game-changing activists and public figures who have the power to change the world (JFK, Bobby Kennedy, MLK, John Lennon, etc.) with mind-controlled patsies.



Related: False Flag Terrorism: Murdering The Innocent In Order To Support The Lie + 15 Ways To Detect A False Flag Operation

Then, control the MSM so that you can paint a false narrative about a random, unconnected, lone nutter who just happened to have a personal vengeance against the victim or was out of his mind. Lee Harvey Oswald, Sirhan Sirhan, James Earl Ray and Mark Chapman have all been exposed as innocent patsies and expendable victims who were unwittingly part of a grander conspiracy.


32. Fake Boogeymen

Finally, on a similar note to above, just as the elite controllers give us fake lone nutters to take the fall, they also provide us with fake boogeymen to scare us.

Some of these boogeymen have really scary beards and turbans, and are able to overcome the most advanced air defense (NORAD) of the most militarily sophisticated nation on Earth (the USA) from a cave in Afghanistan.



Related: Reflecting On The Truth Of 9/11 - What Will Be The Straw That Breaks The Camel's Back?

Cue Osama Bin Laden, close friend of the Bushes, one of America’s grandest criminal families.

Thanks to Prescott Bush (who traded with the Nazis), George Bush Sr. (former CIA head and US President involved in JFK’s death, serial rapist and pedophile, member of the Carlyle Group), George Bush Jr. (mentally impaired US President who presided over 9/11 and the fake War on Terror) and now candidate Jeb Bush, CIA-trained and funded Osama is in great company.

I suppose it’s just a coincidence that the Bin Ladens were having lunch with the Bushes the day before 9/11 occurred:


“According to the Washington Post, the Carlyle Group met at the Ritz Carlton Hotel in NYC one day before 9/11. In attendance at this meeting were former president George H. W. Bush and  Shafiq bin Laden, the brother of Osama …”


33. Fake False Flag Events

The rate of staged false flag operations, whether they be false flag shootings or false flag bombings, has been increasing. It almost seems like there’s one that goes by somewhere every month.

It’s Another Day, Another False Flag. Maybe this is due to how effectively the elite can fool the general population, and scare them into giving up their rights and supporting the centralization of power.



It was clearly a missile that hit the Pentagon on 9/11 and not an airliner...

Related: JFK To 911: Everything Is A Rich Man's Trick

Yet, at the same time, there is also a growing awareness of a critical mass of people who see right through these events. After all, we have been exposed to a lot of them.


In the last 15 years, here is a brief and incomplete list of 21st century false flag ops:

9/11 of 2001

The Bali bombings in Indonesia of 2002

7/7 of 2005

The Norway shooting of 2011

The fake Sandy Hook (Sandy Hoax) shooting of 2012

The Boston Marathon bombing of 2013

The LAX shooting of 2013

The Santa Barbara shooting of 2014

The Malaysian Flight 17 of 2014 (falsely blamed on Russia)

The “Sydney Siege” in Australia of 2014

The French Charlie Hebdo shooting of 2015

The Tunisia shooting of 2015

The Charleston shooing of 2015

and so on. There are many more that didn’t make that list. Paul Watson of InfoWars pointed out a few years ago how even the military term false flag had begun to permeate in the mass consciousness and had cropped up way more as a search term online.

Remember how InfoWars reporter Dan Bidondi asked a Boston official, on live TV just as it was unfolding, whether the Boston Marathon bombing was a false flag event?

It would appear with the rising consciousness that the elite are going to be hard pressed to keep using false flag operations – unless they take it to a whole new level with perfect, undetectable holograms.

You can read concrete evidence about False Flags by following this link.


34. Fake Crisis Actors

Related to the fakery of false flag operations are the fake crisis actors used by the MSM to attempt to deceive you.



Related: People Are Finally Learning About False Flag Terror

The alternative media has done a great job exposing the extent of fakery here, including exposing crisis actors at Sandy Hook, the Boston Marathon, the Charleston shooting and many other events.

On several occasions, the lying MSM even used the same crisis actors (see here and here) for different false flag events!


35. Fake Pandemics

While the threat of bioweapons, including those that are constructed to target certain ethnicities, races or segments of society, is quite appealing to an elite cabal bent on depopulation, the fact remains that the recent pandemics we have witnessed, especially the ebola pandemic, are exaggerated and fake.

Kudos to Len Horowitz for his years of research in documenting the rise of bioweapons and fake pandemics, and also to Jon Rappoport who kept a cool head and questioned every aspect of the ebola psy-op, while many others were taken in by the propaganda.





Related:
Deconstructing The Ebola Agenda & Is the Bilderberg Group Behind Ebola? + The Effective Treatment For The Bioweapon That Is Ebola

Wasn’t it telling and almost surreal the way the ebola phenomenon just suddenly dropped off the map, after the US Government allegedly gave the order to the MSM to stop reporting on it?


36. Fake Moon Landing

The moon landing is another stunning piece of fakery that has gone down in the official history books as fact. Perhaps the best pieces on the issue are Jay Weinder’s analysis, Secrets of The Shining: Or How Faking the Moon Landings Nearly Cost Stanley Kubrick his Marriage and his Life and also in this interview.

Weidner presents a compelling argument that the elite convinced Stanley Kubrick to fake the moon landing in exchange for secrecy and future film budgeting.

Kubrick himself was very well acquainted with the Satanic underbelly of the New World Order, and produced one of the most striking films which ever exposed it (Eyes Wide Shut), with its famous scene of a Satanic ritual orgy and sacrifice in a mansion of the elite.



A consensus seems to now indicate that in fact some of the moon landings were real, and some were faked

Related: Secret Space Program Disclosure: Founders Of Solar Warden SSP With William Tompkins

Kubrick died from a heart attack before the release of the film despite being reported to have been in good health with a strong heart – just another coincidence, I’m sure.

It is quite possible we went to the moon – just not in the way we were told. If you study the origins of NASA, you will realize it came out of the JPL (Jet Propulsion Laboratory) of Jack Parson, black magician and follower of Aleister Crowley.

Later, Nazi scientists joined NASA who were smuggled into the US under Operation Paperclip. Additionally, there are many Freemasons at NASA, including many of the astronauts on the 1960s and 1970s missions.


37. Fake International Space Station and Fake Space Walks

The fakery about space is not limited to the moon landing. There are numerous videos regarding the ISS (International Space Station) which look obviously faked, including one where one of the astronaut Chris Cassidy slips up and admits they are shooting the video in a US town on the ground.

The Chinese also released a very suspect “space walk” where a bubble can be seen going past the astronauts’s head! There is another video showing someone with scuba gear aboard a supposed space craft. So what’s really going on in space? It’s hard to know, but these examples of fakery are easy to spot.


38. Fake History

It has been said many times that history is written by the victors. If these victors have an agenda to dominate or set up a system of control with their newly won power to ensure they remain at the helm for many years to come, they can easily rewrite history or give us fake history in order to legitimize themselves.

George Orwell wisely observed that:



Related: Houston Anthropologist Reveals Irrefutable Proof That Recorded History Is Wrong


“Who controls the present controls the past; who controls the past controls the future.”

What he meant by that is that if you are currently in power, you have the means to censor information (e.g. internet firewalls, data deletion, book burning, etc.), and then, by controlling what people thought happened, you can shape the past in a favorable way so as to ensure you remain in power for the future.

An obvious example is the way the Zionist-dominated press reported on World War 2 and the events leading up to it.

This is why revisionist history is so important; we need people to actively reexamine our past and work out what happened, so we can see the patterns and learn from our mistakes. As George Santayana said, “those who cannot learn from history are doomed to repeat it”.


39. Fake Authority

An overarching theme of all the fakery I have listed is that humanity has given it power all to fake authority. We have been tricked into giving over unquestioning obedience to authority, without stopping to think critically, question sources and biases, and make decisions for ourselves.

It’s all too easy for someone to don a black robe, white jacket or shiny badge and appear to be somehow above you.



Related: Governments: The Enemy Of Freedom & Globalists Interviewed: They Admitted They Controlled The Government

Yes, some people have gone through a lot of hard work and training to become a judge, priest, scientist, doctor or cop, but they are still human. They still don’t know everything.

What if they just memorized a lot of facts and procedures themselves without ever truly questioning it or understanding it, then just repeated and parroted it over to you?


40. Fake Universe

Finally, it seems the very universe in which we live is, also, not exactly “real”. The recent upsurge and popularity of the flat earth movement (who have highlighted many interesting anomalies that can’t be explained by the globe earth model) shows that we still have some investigation to do in determining exactly what kind of place we live on.

On a more fundamental level, however, we live in a fake universe in the sense that it’s a giant hologram or simulated reality.

People from all walks of life have hinted at this deep truth, whether it be ancient Hindu teachings that the world is maya (illusion), researchers such as the late Michael Talbot who wrote the great book The Holographic Universe, or cutting edge scientific studies trying to prove that the holographic model of reality fits the data better than the standard models of physics.



Related:
Let There Be Light: First Individual Particle Of Light Ever Seen + The Birth Of Quantum Holography - Making Holograms Of Single Light Particles

These days there are many Western scientists putting their energy into cracking the code of our holographic reality. Mainstream media outlets are exploring the fake universe topic too. Take a look at the following:

A study by Nick Bostrom in 2003 which proposed “at least one of the following propositions is true: (1) the human species is very likely to go extinct before reaching a “posthuman” stage; (2) any posthuman civilization is extremely unlikely to run a significant number of simulations of their evolutionary history (or variations thereof); (3) we are almost certainly living in a computer simulation.

It follows that the belief that there is a significant chance that we will one day become posthumans who run ancestor-simulations is false, unless we are currently living in a simulation.”

A study by theoretical physicist Juan Maldacena in 1997 proposed that “an audacious model of the Universe in which gravity arises from infinitesimally thin, vibrating strings could be reinterpreted in terms of well-established physics.

The mathematically intricate world of strings, which exist in nine dimensions of space plus one of time, would be merely a hologram: the real action would play out in a simpler, flatter cosmos where there is no gravity.”

A study by Daniel Grumiller et al in 2014 proposing the holographic model of the Universe: “These field theories are the putative holographic duals to theories of gravity in three-dimensional asymptotically flat space times”


Everything is Fake!

Everything is fake! The sooner you wake up to the deception, the better.

Above all, remember that you can be real and true in the midst of all this. Don’t let it get you down; let it be a challenge to help you rise to your potential.

Related: Anonymous: De-Mystifying The Concept Of The Deep State + Doctor Explains Why The Public Is So Stupid - Trusting The Government & Fake News


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Fraudulent Monetary System & The Occult Meanings Of Mortgage: Why A Mortgage Is A Pledge To The Dead
June 17 2021 | From: FinalWakeupCall / Omnithought

Real money limits the ability of governments to tax, borrow, and spend, which also limits the size of the inevitable debt problem.



Fake money is easier for governments to get their hands on, and easier to promise; especially if you can “print” it yourself.

Related: The Gold Industry is in a Deep State of Dysfunction, Delusion and Denial

That’s why national governments can dig themselves into much deeper debt holes, and it is also why, it can never be a model of financial integrity. Anything short of genuine major reform won’t help, the world needs an authentic transformational reform.

The problems are not taxes, not Russia, not ISIS; the problem is real money, because the average citizen has too little of it, while, The Deep State insiders have too much of it. Today’s money is a fraud, make money honest and allow the free market to set the interest rate.

Link gold to money at today’s free market price. Fire all Central Banksters. Open a gold window at the Treasury department, and exchange gold for the local paper currency at a pre-set fixed rate.

Bring the military home, stop all wars, and ban budget deficits. Every government should be expected to live within their means, without any exception. The result: No debt.



Related: The Real Reason Your Rural Banks Are Closing Kiwis – It’s Not Lack Of Funds

Expect that it will be like the dawn of a dead country when easy money falls away. The cronies and zombies will rise up. It would be preferable to eliminate these beforehand through the Shoot To Kill practice by the freedom alliance fighters.

To better understand the financial troubles the world is in, read on to learn who has created this mess in the first place.


Perpetual Debt Spiral:

The Illuminati invented and implemented the perpetually growing debt spiral, but now something has changed. A big change of this sort is enormous as it signals the trend to get out of debt. Deleveraging by paying down debt. That is, of course, a contraction. Contraction means depression.

The world is going into a depression and it’s going to get very nastyThe end result will be; nations’ governments are going to have to revalue gold because that is the only thing they will have left.

They will have to resort to that to keep trade going. No country is completely independent economically. All nations need things that others produce. In order to keep the world trade going, there is no other solution than going back to gold.

For at least one hundred years the financial system has been manipulated to the hilt, bringing the world to its knees through the financial engineering of the elite, which should have been alarming enough for every well-educated expert.



Related: Democracy Is A Front For Central Bank Rule & Financial Starvation In A Fiat Debt Slavery Financial System

But the majority has been masterfully kept in the dark about the hidden agenda, not taking heed of the bells ringing loud and clear. In-depth analyses reveal that the whole monetary system is – unintentionally – in its final stage of self-destruction.

The excessive currency printing of debt-money has arrived in its final ‘reflation’ stage of self-destruction. Because the debt in the world has grown so excessively, the credit-system has gone into reverse mode, as result of the invention of the perpetual debt spiral.

By not issuing the money for interest payment, an absurd situation occurs in that not enough liquidity is created to repay all debt. And even more ludicrous, when all debt is paid there is no currency left in circulation.

Reflation is no longer possible anymore and the deflationists are being proven to have been correct all along. They are correct in regards to a credit system working in reverse with a negative feedback loop stoking a deflationary death spiral.


Debt Reflation in Reverse is Like Shooting Without Ammunition:

Reflation is a fiscal or monetary policy, designed to expand a country’s output and curb the effects of deflation. This now is going in reverse, changing in the opposite direction. In fact, debt reflation is deflation of debt, making the economic situation worse, leading to contraction, propelling the economy into a collapse.



Related: The Federal Reserve And The Bank Of England Financed The 3rd Reich + International Red Cross Report Confirms The Holocaust Of Six Million Jews Is A Hoax

Clearly the Khazarian mafia is getting scared and running out of ammunition. The fact that the Khazarian mob controlled Bank of Japan, like the ECB in Europe was forced to resort to negative interest rates, proves their fake fiat monies are worth less than nothing. The US Federal Reserve Board will be forced to do the same thing.

The more people put money in their banks, the more that money is vanishing.

It’s a remarkable time right now. This is all taking place before we are able to identify what the world is going through or where it is headed. People who are AWAKE have long seen this coming, and now we’re in the middle of it.

There are really two converging worlds – the vibrational changes from beyond are attacking the Khazarian Mafia-controllers that block these positive energies, and jam the beneficial signals bestowed on the people by instilling fear and insecurity, meanwhile bombarding us with a toxic cocktail of electromagnetic, chemical, genetic, nuclear and techno-trans humanist influences.

There is just one small problem, what will happen to the currencies of these central bank issuers including and especially those of The Fed, who also are caught up in the negative feedback loop?



Related: $2.3M For A Banker’s Advice On Selling State Houses? See What Else Your Government (Corporation) Has Spent Your Tax Money On Kiwis

These will vanish as result of their own intentional mistake of not putting enough money into circulation to pay back all the outstanding loans plus interest payments.
Currency survival:

This is the main and most pressing financial question people ever have faced in their lifetimes. Will the currencies survive and thrive in the deflation period or will they be seen for what they are, IOU’s of bankrupt issuers at the very centre of the credit crisis quagmire? If you answer this question incorrectly, you have finished your own financial life.

The key question is, against what assets will the currencies “deflate”? The answer of course is as it has always has been, “gold”.

While the pundits will have you believegold was devalued against the dollar in 1934", this for sure was quite the opposite. And while certain experts now will have you believe the “dollar” was the best investment in the 1930’s, for sure they are wrong!


The Importance of Gold:

Dollars then were “derivatives” – derived from – of gold. At that time, dollars were freely interchangeable at banks until 1933, then the dollar was devalued from $20.67 to $35 dollars that was necessary to purchase one ounce of gold.

In other words, it took nearly 75% more dollars to purchase an ounce of gold – end of story, gold was King during the last and only deflation since then, dollars and all other currencies now will be devalued versus gold again.

The two most important aspects of gold are; it cannot go “bankrupt” nor can it be freely “printed”. Those who say the U.S. can never “go bankrupt” because the debt is in dollars and they will just print more, are 100% correct but horribly wrong!



Related: India Removes 220 Tons of Physical Gold

Correct, the U.S. can print any amount of dollars necessary to pay off debt. This still doesn’t mean they do not “default”. In other words:

If McDonalds fails to give you a promised hamburger next Tuesday but instead promises you a hamburger every Tuesday for the rest of your life, where’s the beef? It never ever comes, just as there will be zero value to any dollar bill should the U.S. or any other central banker decide to print the Zillions needed to avoid default.

This falls under the category SUPPLY versus DEMAND! In case you don’t understand what is said, “old” dollars will become worthless as they become over-printed to avoid “default” – but devaluation is default in its own right.


Hyperinflation:

In the meantime, wait for the currency event termed “hyperinflation” that is bound to happen; as debtors must navigate a deflationary environment where credit is drying up everywhere they look.

It should amaze everyonethat the world is facing a liquidity crisis after all the trillions of digital currency units added to the system since 2008 – it seems almost impossible to have a lack of liquidity doesn’t it?

As explained above, under debt reflation in reverse; this is the fact debtors face globally and that threatens to shut the system down, because of no liquidity!

Taking this two steps further than the deflationists, what exactly will happen once credit does collapse and the spigot gets shut off? In the case of the U.S., they most likely will “print” to the point of full – rather than the current partial monetization of all the debt.



Related: The Secretive Bank Of England - Controlling The World's Money Supply + Banking Data Dump

This printing will be done by a bankrupt entity with more IOU’s around the globe than humanity can count. How will the massive supply of dollars issued by a bankrupt and fraudulent issuer possibly be a “good thing” for the value of dollars? There is none!

This process, no matter how simple it seems to be, is two-steps too far for the deflationists! The real result of credit freezing up will amount to a national and probably a global famine. It is incredible that the aspect of credit is almost never connected to “distribution”. Forget about actual farming or production needing credit to function, how will products make it to store shelves without credit even if it does “grow”?


Fight The New World Order with Global Non Compliance:

Understand your enemy, and understand the weapons they use. Then use those same weapons against them. The money system is the head of the snake. Cut the head off the snake and the rest of it will whither and die.

There need be No violence, no guns, no banners, no slogans, no group think, just a united act of global non compliance.

Remember, that it is much easier to fight for principles than to live up to them and it takes a far braver man to stand up for what is right and spit in the face of authority than it does to blindly follow orders due to fear of the consequences. Understand that we are all one and the key to real change and unity in this world lies with love.



Related: Spain Sets Massive Precedent - Charges Its Central Bankers In Court

It is time for the people of the world to stop and realise that the divisions that supposedly exist amongst us are an illusion. There is no division and its time for everyone to understand the truth of this.

It is through the constantly promoted illusion of division that the system is able to function but in order for it to do so, it needs public compliance.

Its time for us all to collectively stand together and address the root cause of the problems, which lies in the fraudulent monetary system.

Stop complying with it, and you will shut down the monetary system.

Fight The New World Order with Global Non Compliance








The Occult Meanings Of Mortgage: Why A Mortgage Is A Pledge To The Dead

Owning a nice home is a dream that most people have. Deep down, nearly everyone wants to live in a nice home. One of the main obstacles that prevents most people from owning a home of their dream is the high cost.



Depending where people live today, a regular house can cost a few hundred thousand dollars. Because houses are so expensive, most people need to get a specific type of loan from a bank to pay for the house they want to live in. This type of loan is called a mortgage.

Related: Confirmed - Loans & Mortgages Are Created Out Of Thin Air By The Banks

What most people do not know about a mortgage is that it is designed to enslave them with fictitious debt, allowing the banksters to collect money from them and give it to their masters (the Dark Magicians). The main purpose of this deception is to trick people to give some of their life force energy to the Dark Magicians through the magical medium called paper currency.

To learn how the Dark Magicians and their minions are able to trick you to give some of your life force energy to them, you need to find the occult (hidden) meaning of the words mortgage and currency and study them until you innerstand what they mean on a deeper level.

Once you really innerstand the hidden meaning of the words mortgage and currency, you should know that a mortgage is a pledge to the DEAD.



The Occult Meaning of Mortgage

One of the overt definitions of the word mortgage is “a conveyance of an interest in property as security for the repayment of money borrowed.”

OxfordDictionaries.com
defines the word mortgage using these exact words: “A legal agreement by which a bank or other creditor lends money at interest in exchange for taking title of the debtor's property, with the condition that the conveyance of title becomes void upon the payment of the debt.”



Related: Why The Whole Banking System Is A Scam - Godfrey Bloom MEP

Black's Law Dictionary 6th edition defines the word mortgage using these exact words: "A mortgage is an interest in land created by a written instrument providing security for the performance of a duty or the payment of a debt."

The three definitions of the word mortgage in the previous paragraph only define what a mortgage is at the surface level. To find the occult (hidden) meaning of the word mortgage, you need to use an etymology dictionary to help you find the origins of the word mortgage. You also need to split the word mortgage into two words, transforming it into the term "mort-gage".

The word mortgage/mort-gage originated from two Old French words, which are mort and gage. In Old French, mort means dead and gage means pledge. The word pledge comes from Old French plegier, meaning “to promise” or “to solemnly promise or guarantee”.

Dictionary.com defines pledge as “a solemn promise or agreement to do or refrain from doing something”.

Webster's Complete Dictionary of the English Language (1886) defines the word pledge using these exact words: "Any thing given or considered as a security for the performance of an act; as, a man gives his word or makes a promise to another, which is received as a pledge for fulfillment; the mutual affection of husband and wife is a pledge for the faithful performance of the marriage covenant; mutual interest is the best pledge for the performance of treaties.



Related: Switzerland Follows Iceland In Declaring War Against The Banksters

"Their liveliest pledge of hope."" It also defines the word pledge using these exact words: "A surety; a hostage." Merriam-Webster.com defines the word hostage as "a person held by one party in a conflict as a pledge pending the fulfillment of an agreement" or "a person taken by force to secure the taker's demands".

To connect the dots, when you take out a mortgage, you unknowingly make a pledge (promise) to the dead, and therefore you agree to be a hostage of the dead. This is one of the occult definitions of the word mortgage. So, what is the dead?

The dead represents the Dark Forces (groups of demons) and their corporations (corpses or dead bodies).

As described in my book titled Word Magic: The Powers & Occult Definitions of Words:


“A corporation is a “corp-o-ration” or “corpse-o-ration”. The plural form of the word corporation can be written as corps. Phonetically, the word corps sounds similar to the word corpse, which is defined as “a dead body, usually of a human being”.

The legal system sees you as a corpse to be used as a ration to feed the Matrix of the Dark Forces. Hence, the word corporation/corp-o-ration/corpse-o-ration.

Do you remember what I said in Chapter 2 about why the government sees you as a legally dead person, because you are considered lost at sea or dead at sea?

The word mortgage also has a strong connection to the words morgue and mortuary. This is why the place where dead bodies are stored is called a morgue. Mortgages are created in a way that makes them hard to pay off, so that when people get a mortgage (a pledge to the dead), they have to work most of their lives to pay it off.

This allows the debt-based monetary system to drain their energy to charge the dead with currency; the currency that people make from many hours of working at a corporation (dead body).



Related: All Wars Are Bankers' Wars

The word currency and the medium currency are two of the most effective things that the Dark Forces like to use to drain your life force energy.

Below is another excerpt from my book titled Word Magic: The Powers & Occult Definitions of Words. This excerpt reveals how currency is used to trick you to allow the Dark Forces to drain your life force energy.


“As for the word currency, its hidden definition is the “flow of energy”. This is why the stored energy in a battery is called electric current or the currency of electricity. The word currency originated from the Latin word currens, the present participle of currere, which means “to run”.

Now, why would they based the word currency on a Latin word that does not have much to do with paper money or coin? Because it is not really about the paper money or coin. Instead, it is about harnessing the energy of humanity!

To innerstand why currency has a strong relation to energy, you need to find the occult meaning of the word currency. To do this, you need to use phonetics and separate the word currency into two words. When spoken out loud, the word currency sounds similar to the term “current-sea”.

What does a current do in a river? It flows or runs to the sea! Keep in mind that the Latin word currens means “to run”.

The word current can also mean “a flowing; flow, as of a river” or “something that flows, as a stream”. The flowing movement of currents is what causes the freshwater in the river to flow to the sea. Once the freshwater is in the sea, its current is now part of the “current-sea” or the “current of the sea”. Hence, the word currency/current-sea. ...

The word currency also sounds similar to the term “current chi”. In Chinese, the word chi (also known as qi) means natural energy, “life force”, or “energy flow”. Be aware that the Chinese word chi is pronounced somewhat similar to the English word sea. Based on these occult definitions, currency means the “flow of life force energy”.

When you really think about it, currency is a medium for exchanging or transferring life force energy, which is why the Dark Forces are obsessed with using currency to drain your life force energy.”

At the deeper level, when people get a mortgage, they basically agree to sign their life away to the dead. They also agree to make a promise to the dead to charge it with their energy, so that the dead can stay alive. In other words, they agree to make a solemn pledge to the dead to ensure that the dead will be paid and charged with life force energy.

Phonetically, the word dead sounds similar to the word debt. A word that has a strong connection to the words dead and debt is mortgage.

When you pay a mortgage/debt/dead, you basically commit sin. If you want evidence of this, go to Merriam-Webster.com and search for the definition of debt and you should see the word sin as one of its definitions.

The word sin originated from Old English synn, meaning “moral wrongdoing, injury, mischief, enmity, feud, guilt, crime, offense against God, misdeed”.

The reason why you commit sin when you pay a debt is because you basically help the Dark Forces to enslave the human race. The debt system is controlled by the Dark Forces and they are using it to drain the energy of humanity and harm nature.

Using the debt system to harm living beings and nature is against Natural Law (God’s Law)
.



Related: Warning: New Zealand Government And Big Banks In Collusion For Farm Land Grab: The Same Scam As Run In The United States And Australia

Maybe this is why the Bible verse Romans 6:23 says, “For the wages of sin is death”. Sin is debt/dead/death.

By now you should know how the words mortgage, debt, dead, currency, corporation and battery are all related to the process of harnessing the energy of humanity.

This drama is all about tricking humanity to consent to be a “battery“, so that the Dark Forces and their minions can use our life force energy to charge their dead matrix system.

To learn what this matrix is, read my empowering article titled The Artificial Matrix and the Hidden Agenda of Cryptocurrency and study the information in my sixth seminar titled The Matrix Decoded: Decoding the Occult Messages in The Matrix.



What Can You Do to Free Yourself From a Mortgage

By now you should know why you should never get a mortgage. Taking out a mortgage is like asking for a death sentence. If you have a mortgage and want to know how to free yourself from it, you need to first know how to defend your natural rights.

You also need to learn how the legal system really works. My book Word Magic: The Powers & Occult Definitions of Words is a great source of knowledge that teaches you how the legal system works from behind the scenes.


Related Articles:


Bankers Beware: The First Of Many Salvos

Anna von Reitz: The Banking System Including Specifics On The World Bank And Karen Hudes

A Discourse On The Little-Known History Of The Global Banking System

Central Banking Exposed: Central Banks Only Care About Debt, Profit And Control

Governments Are Corporations & The Gold Standard Will Break Up The Banking Cartel

Hell's Top Banker Explains "How To Destroy The Global Economy"

The Money Changers

The Three Varieties Of Money

The Truth About Money Is Out & Austerity In 8 Minutes: Why It Does Not Work, Why It Is Still Practised



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Former Satanic Priest Exposes The Four Main Tenets Of Satanic Ideology & Are You A Satanist? You Could Be And Not Even Know It + Ask An Ex-Satanist Anything - Katy Perry Super Bowl Ritual
June 16 2021 | From: Sitshow / MarkPassio / Various

In January of 2015, Mark Passio, former Satanic priest, gave a clear and on point, explanation of the ideology of the church of Satan. His knowledge comes from his experience as a former priest in the church of Satan, a branch of the Dark Occult.



Now Passio has changed his personal ideology 180 degrees and helps to expose the insidious precepts of Satanism. Earlier this year, Mark Passio joined Lee Ann McAdoo from Alex Jones' InfoWars for an online interview wherein he discussed the "4 main tenets of Satanism."

Related: How The Term “Satan” Originated And How Satanism Controls Entities & The Djinn (Jinn) And Their
Connection To The Shadow People


Mark's website, is www.whatonearthishappening.com. He was a speaker at a conference in Philadelphia, PA on April 10-12, 2015, advertised on his website, which sought to establish a much more inclusive and caring world view than what he previously believed in.

As Passio explains he was dissatisfied with religion and over time became angry and and gravitated towards the branch of Satanism called the Dark Occult.

His writing and music was recognized by a Satanic church figure, the late Anton LaVey and LaVey asked him to become a priest in the church and to take on the role of converting others to the Satanic counter-religion.

While he does not explain why he left the church of Satan, Passio does explain that his associates within the group were completely unconcerned with him leaving, as they felt confident that nothing he could do could affect them or their power.



Related:
Occult Holidays And Sabbats: Why Holidays Are Satanic Rituals

Is it harmful for society to associate the word Satanism solely with human and animal sacrifices and sexual crimes? Could it be that such a definition allows the more sensitive and insidious aspects of the ideology to continue on and become accepted or institutionalized?

What is very interesting about the "Satanic ideology" that Mark Passio describes is that the precepts are not specifically racism or bigotry, the kinds of hatred we frequently associate with criminal acts.


The "4 main tenets of Satanism" as he explains are:

1. Self Preservation

2. Moral Relativism

3. Social Darwinism

4. Eugenics



These concepts [detailed further below] exist on a sliding scale and it is not clear to what degree they are actually practiced by Satanists.

The individuals who practice such a selfish philosophy unbalanced by love or compassion for others would seem like sociopaths among us, perhaps free of criminal records, but who take no risk or responsibility to improve the lives of less fortunate people in society.

As Passio explains, Self Preservation is among the highest Satanic principles, and not in the acceptable sense of being defensive.



Related: The Fight to Save America From Satan's Subliminal Rock Messages

We may know many people in our lives who we consider harmless individuals, without criminal records, who indeed show philosophical traits in common with Satanism, however we would never think of calling them Satanic because we associate that offensive word with human and animal sacrifices, which is a deception that conceals the nature of Satanism as the inverse of Christianity.

For example where Christianity might practice forgiveness and freedom from dogma, Satanism prefers the tools of mercilessness and oppression.

If more corporate businesses than not identify with the ideology of Satanism in their business practices, then are we living in a pre-dominantly Satanic world?


If so, then it is only individuals, practicing self preservation balanced with Jesus' fruits of the Spirit such as compassion to other human beings, that make the world unevil. 

Today Passio  is using his knowledge not to create converts but to expose the Satanic ideology in an effort to reveal how harmful it is.



If it goes un-identified, then it will continue to overwhelm our technological society, in the businesses and sciences, and allow the elite to be dangerously misguided.

We make the world how we create it to be. We are free to create new and better systems of business based on morally objective ideology to overcome old and inferior systems of enslavement.

Despite the aesthetic symbols seen in the background of his recording location, Passio speaks powerfully and knowledgeably against Satanic tools used to oppress massive numbers of people.

He shows that he has re-wired himself in favor of love. On his website the footer reads: All is Love. Which is clearly not the belief of a Satanist.



Former Satanist Exposes Occult Secrets

De-mystifying the occult with Mark Passio. Passio, an independent researcher, public speaker, radio talk show host, conference organizer and freedom activist from Philadelphia, PA., has undertaken the task of assembling vast amounts of research in the areas of metaphysics, occultism, spirituality, symbology and consciousness studies.






Partial Transcript from "Former Satanist Exposes Occult Secrets"

7:41 -


“It has nothing to do with the Christian notion of the devil. Satanism has 4 main tenets or overarching principles of belief.

And that is that self-preservation is the highest goal. And you should do whatever you can to advance your personal power and influence in the world no matter who you really have to walk all over, step on, or hurt to get what you want.

That's really the number one tenet and if you look at society most of society is stuck in that cut-throat, dog-eat-dog, mentality."

...

"Moral relativism is the second major tenet which is that there is really no such thing as objective standards of right and wrong behavior. That we as human beings can get to decide upon our whims what right and wrong are and base our actions accordingly.

And if you look at most of society I would say more people than not are moral relativists than moral objectivists who think that there is an objective standard of right and wrong behavior. So that's also very pervasive in society."

8:02 -


"The Third major tenet is social darwinism, the idea that the most ruthless in society have some sort of a predetermined idea or pre-destined right to basically rule over everybody else in society because their genetics got them there, and made them fit for rulership.

And many people will actually think like that and think that that's ok, that that's just the natural order or the way things are. You know, and so that's also very pervasive in our society."

8:33 -


"And finally the 4th main pillar of Satanism is eugenics, the idea that those who are socially fit to rule, and they're the fittest in society and therefore they've come out on top and they're ruling the roost, well they can get to decide who basically propagates their genes and who does not, or in other words, who gets to live and who dies.

Who must die."


Related Articles:

Retired Head Of Los Angeles FBI Tells All: Illuminati, Satanism, Pedophile Rings

The Occult Origins Of Christmas

18 Reasons Why I Don’t Celebrate Halloween

Pizzagate: Melania Trump Puts Elite Pedo Ring On Notice During Easter Visit

Why You Need To Understand the Occult -Seminar: The Nature of Sacred Symbolism and Hidden Knowledge





Are You A Satanist? You Could Be And Not Even Know It + Ask Ex-Satanist Anything - Katy Perry Super Bowl Ritual

This is an interview with a former priest of the Church of Satan, Mark Passio, discussing how the Satanism normally thought of in the world today (the Worship of a "devil" by confused and misguided people) is far more insidious than we could have possibly imagined. 

Instead of small gatherings, acting as individuals (usually we think of satanists as crazy unbalanced teens or psychopaths), Passio describes Satanism is actually a recruiting mechanism for a far darker agenda. Lawyers, Doctors and nearly every other high ranking figure in society was in attendance during his time with them.

Related: Satanic Pedophilia Network Exposed In Australia - It Starts At The TOP, Just Like In The USA And UK

They revealed to him that their efforts are global in scale and have been operating for thousands of years in a cohesive unified effort under the banner of Christianity, Islam, Judaism and nearly every other major institution of thought including Science, Law and Government.

Satanism is not wholly what the official Church of Satan offers in it's writings, it is actually an organization which incorporates organize crime, and fits the profile described by Gordon Duff in his work on the OCC (Organized Crime Cabal); the "illuminati" as they are popularly known.


Goal of Occulted Satanism


Their aim is simple: to push Satanic belief systems on to the masses causing self destructive tendencies; divide and conquer.

People spend most of their lives trying to fight for their egocentric desires, destroying themselves and society in the process, "requiring authorities" at all levels to keep the ignorant masses under control.

The Cabal, or Dark Occultists, position themselves in power to be that controlling force - bringing "order to chaos".



Related: John Kerry Admits They're Making 'Order Out Of Chaos' For 'World Order'

Occulted Satanism is more a philosophy, a set of beliefs and ideas, pushed on the masses under many guises; nearly all of which are accepted unconsciously.

Materialism, Corporatism, Narcissism, Atheism and nearly all world religions (as they are practiced) - can be thought of as Satanic in this context. (read this wikipedia article on Satanism to provide a context for the popularly known version vs the Occulted version discussed by Passio).

One shocking revelation offered by Passio, and confirmed for oneself by honest investigation, is that the world at large is in a state of consciousness which could be thought of as Satanic.



Related: Vladimir Putin: The New World Order Worships Satan

Stated more simply, humanity is being indoctrinated into Satanic belief systems, modes of thought, and do not realize it because they have a false version of Satanism pushed by the media.

We think Satanism involves "the devil" and sacrificing animals by a few 'bad apples' that are not connected in anyway, but in truth this is not actually the case.

Within the definitions of Satanism provided by Mark, we have the following Tenants (I drafted these in my own words listening to the show):

1. Narcissism

"Me and my needs are the only thing that matters, even at the cost of everyone else". Survival of the self, is most important. "No one else and their personal suffering, matters unless I am affected."

Compassion for others is weakness. (Narcissistic personality disorder, also known as NPD, is a disorder in which the individual has a distorted self image, unstable and intense emotions, is overly preoccupied with vanity, prestige, power and personal adequacy, lacks empathy, and has an exaggerated sense of superiority; balancing their low self image.

NPD is closely associated with egocentrism - a personality characteristic in which people see themselves and their interests and opinions as the only ones that really matter).

2. Moral Relativism

"There is no such thing as truth, I make up what right and wrong are based on what I want. If I can get away with it, then it's "right" and I should; its only wrong, if I get caught."

The belief that objective morality doesn't exist and neither does Truth. This is Solipsism, the belief that there is no truth because we can not know it with absolute certainty; "the view or theory that the self is all that can be known to exist" - Wikipedia.

As such, "what I believe is the only thing that matters, and if I don't believe it - it doesn't exist." New Age Doctrine of - "Ignore the negative, and it will magically go away."




Related: Lucis Trust, Alice Bailey, World Goodwill And Lucifer - The False Light Of The World

3. Social Darwinism

"I focus on my survival and personal needs only; by any means necessary. What gets the job done, whatever I need to do to survive, is the only thing that matters. If someone else can't do the same, they are weak and deserve what they get."

4. Eugenics

"I get to decide who lives and dies, what their value is only in relation to my own self interest. If your not with me your against me. I am superior you are inferior."


Here the aim is to cull the masses, keep the population at a 'workable level'. In the past this was done more directly (i.e. the Holocaust) but today Eugenics is unfolding in an Epi-eugenic way. People, by their own beliefs and actions, eat food that kills them off, and kill each other off in unnecessary conflicts.




Related: Eugenics and the Depopulation Agenda


Other Points

"Humans are just animals - morality, compassion and empathy are just human inventions - only might is right."

There is no God, no organizing force in the Universe; only Entropy - Scientific Atheism is Satanic within this context.


Are you a Satanist?

That question usually offends us so much we never ask ourselves honestly. Let me cast the limelight on myself for the moment. 



The 'Cremation of Care' ritual cermony held annually by the elite in the US at Bohemian Grove, CA.

During my late teens and early 20's, I was a major drug addict. I stole from my family, friends and stores regularly to sustain my addiction.

Doing anything I could to stave off the dope sickness, I always felt the moral wrongness of my actions.

Eventually I made the choice to get clean and moved away from the situations that tempted me. Finally I healed the true cause of the addiction within myself, and now even if I had heroin within my grasp I wouldn't find value in the experience of taking it.

The point is, that I justified my actions, despite having a conscious awareness of how wrong they are, and as such, I was acting as a Satanist.

All my justifications and rationalizing won't change my Satanic behavior, because at the end of the day what I chose to do, was in harmony with the plans of the Dark Occultists.



Related: The Peace Sign And Satanism

Anyone who acts in this way is for all intents and purposes an Agent of the Cabal.

Using this very strict definition, we can easily see that nearly everyone in our modern world is acting out the plans of the Cabal unconsciously.


I know this can be a sobering realization, but can be empowering once we accept it, because we realize that we can personally take action to change.



Why is This Important?

Once we begin to realize that our world views, beliefs and ideals are indoctrinated into us subliminally, we can begin to empower ourselves to take our lives back by reviewing it consciously.

The PRIMARY reason why most people are not Moral, and adhere to passivity in their lives is because of a low self image, which was developed early on in life, and supported by many hidden belief systems pushed by our modern world.

This realization, coupled with a deep drive to rediscover who we really are and undo the years of unconscious programming, slowly heals us.



Related: Pope Francis Declares Lucifer As God?

Eventually we not only feel better on a daily basis, but we begin to realize that only through ourselves, the personal work of gaining true knowledge and acting in that knowledge, will undo the horrors of this world. 

Humanity as a whole has been conditioned to be dark and materialistic, doomed to self destruction, unless we look in the mirror and realize it is all our collective behaviors and beliefs which maintain the status quo.

Ultimately, we can acknowledge this is happening "to us" and realize only we can do something about it.

Authorities can not 'save us' because blind faith in authorities are the root of the problem. We must become our own guru's and rediscover who we really are, which will naturally undo the years of Satanic programing, and embolden us to act morally in the future. 



Ask Ex-Satanist Anything - Katy Perry Super Bowl Ritual





Related Articles:

Lucifer Revisited: The Testimony Of Eracidni Murev Te & Christopher Lee Describes The Power Of Satanic Rituals In 1975 Video

Satanists Are Gaslighting Us

The Top 10 Most Evil, Demonic But True Events Of 2019 That Indicate The Rise Of Satanism

Jeffrey Epstein "Commits Suicide" & Epstein Arrest Supports Q Anon Claims Of Global Satanic Cult Blackmailing Political Elites

It’s Time To Tell The Truth About The Global War On Christianity (And The Rise Of Satanism)

The Reality Of War: Memorial Day Normalizes Satanic Human Sacrifice

The New York Times Makes Another Attempt To Normalize Pedophilia & Hollywood Is A Satanic Cesspool



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Violence-Inducing Effects Of Psychiatric Medication & The Psychiatric Agenda Destroys Creative Children
July 15 2017 | From: KellyBroganMD / JonRappoport

On May 17, 2017, we learned that Chris Cornell of Soundgarden had reportedly committed suicide by hanging.



His family reports knowing a different Chris than one who would make this fatal decision, and suspect his anti-anxiety prescription in the altered state he was witnessed to be in the night he died.

Related:
Is Psychiatry Bullshit? Some Psychiatrists View The Chemical-Imbalance Theory As A Well-Meaning Lie + Psychotropic Drugs, Are They Safe? Fourteen Lies That Our Psychiatry Professors Taught Us In Medical School

Perhaps an “addict turned psychiatric patient”, like so many, Chris Cornell seemed to have left the frying pan of substance abuse for the fire of psychiatric medication risks.

For reasons that remain mysterious, those under the influence of psychiatric medication often specifically choose to hang themselves in their moment of peak impulsivity.

Some, like Kim’s husband Woody who was never depressed a day in his life but prescribed Zoloft by his internist, even verbalize a felt experience of his head coming apart from his body in the days before he was found hanged in his garage.



Related: Dr. Kelly Brogan's Takedown Of Big Pharma's SSRI Anti-Depressant Drug Lies Hits Bestseller Lists

Then there’s 14 year old Naika, a foster child in Florida who hanged herself on a FB livestream after being treated with 50mg of Vyvanse, a drug treatment for ADHD that leads to a domino effect of diagnoses and psychiatric meds including a 13 fold increase in likelihood of being prescribed an antipsychotic medication and 4 fold increase in antidepressant medications than controls.

Are these just rare anecdotes? Is this just the cost of treatment that is helpful for most? Are we blaming medication for what might have been severe mental illness that was undertreated and/or undiagnosed?


Informed Consent: the Premise of Ethical Medicine

I believe first and foremost in informed consent. If you are informed of the risks, benefits, and alternatives to a given treatment, you will be empowered to make the best decision for yourself based on your personal, family, philosophical, and religious life context.

But the truth is that prescribers are not in a position to share the known risks of medications because we learn only of their purported benefits with a short-tagline of dismissively rare risks that are thought to be invariably outweighed by the presenting clinical concern.



Related: Kids Meditate Instead Of Taking ADHD Medications, See Amazing Resuts + Elementary School Sends Kids To Meditation Instead Of Detention And The Results Are Astounding

But what about serious risks – including impulsive suicide and homicide – surely we are informing patients of that possibility, right?

Wrong.

In fact, the FDA and the pharmaceutical industry have gone to great lengths to conceal multiple signals of harm so we certainly can’t expect your average prescriber to have done the investigative work required to get at the truth.

In fact, from 1999-2013, US psychiatric medication prescriptions have increased by a whopping 117% concurrent with a 240% increase in death rates from these medications.



Related: Nutrition And Mental Health + ADHD Is A Fabricated Disease, Says Reputed Neurologist

So let’s review some of the evidence that suggests that it may not be in your best interest or the best interest of those around you for you to travel the path of medication-based psychiatry.

Because, after all, if we don’t screen for risk factors – if we don’t know who will become the next victim of psych-med-induced violence – then how can we justify a single prescription?

Are we at a point in the history of medicine where random acts of personal and public violence are defensible risks of treatment for stress, anxiety, depression, inattention, psychosocial distress, irritable bowel syndrome, chronic fatigue, and even stress incontinence?



Let the Science Speak

Suicide

Prescribed specifically to “prevent” suicide, antidepressants now come with a black box warning label of suicide risk since 2010.

Multi-billion dollar lawsuits like the settlement of Study 329 have been necessary to unlock the cabinet drawers of an industry that cares more about profit than human lives.

A reanalysis of study 329 which initially served as a landmark study in 2001 supporting the prescription of antidepressants to children, has now demonstrated that these medications are ineffective in this population and play a causal role in suicidal behavior.

Concealing and manipulating data that shows this signal of harm, including a doubling of risk of suicide with antidepressant treatment, has generated seeming confusion around this incomprehensibly unacceptable risk profile.

In fact, a reanalysis of an influential US National Institute of Mental Health 2007 study, revealed a four-fold increase in suicide despite the fact that the initial publication claimed no increased risk relative to placebo.



Related: 10 Monumentally False Claims Made By Conventional Medicine About Health + How Far Has The Medical Profession Fallen From The Hippocratic Oath?

According to available data – 3 large meta-analyses – more psychiatric treatment means more suicide. Well, that might seem a hazard of the field, right? Where blaming medications for suicide would be like saying that umbrellas cause the rain.

That’s why studies in non-suicidal subjects and even healthy volunteers who went on to experience suicidality after taking antidepressants are so compelling.

Benzodiazepines (like what Cornell was taking) and hypnotics (sleep and anxiety medications) also have a documented potential to increase risk of completed and attempted suicide and have been implicated in impulsive self-harm including self-inflicted stab wounds during changes to dosage.

We also find the documented possibility that suicidality could emerge in patients who are treated with this class of medications even when they are not suicidal with recent research stating:


“Benzodiazepine receptor agonist hypnotics can cause parasomnias, which in rare cases may lead to suicidal ideation or suicidal behavior in persons who were not known to be suicidal”.

And, of course, these medications themselves provide the means and the method with a known lethal poisoning profile.


Homicide

Clearly murderers are mentally ill, right? What if I told you that the science supports the concern that we are medicating innocent civilians into states of murderous impulsivity?

When Andrew Thibault began to research the safety of a stimulant drug recommended to his son, he entered a rabbit hole he has yet to emerge from.

After literally teaching himself code to decrypt the data on the FDA Adverse Event Reporting System website, he was able to cull 2,000 pediatric fatalities from psychotropic medications, and 700 homicides.



Related: The Drugs May Be The Problem – Inconvenient Truths About Big Pharma And The Psychiatric Industry + Psychologist Speaks Out: Psychiatry Is Misleading Public About Mental Disorders

A Freedom of Information Act and a lawsuit later, he continues to struggle with redacted and suppressed information around 24 homicides directly connected to the use of psychotropics including the homicide by a 10 year old treated with Vyvanse of an infant.

Another case, ultimately recovered, involved statements from a 35 year old perpetrator / patient, who murdered her own daughter, as directly implicating as:


“When I took nortriptyline, I immediately wanted to kill myself. I’d never had thoughts like that before”.

To begin to scientifically explore the risk of violence induced by psychotropic medication, a study sample needs to be representative, the reason for taking the drug needs to be taken into consideration, the effect needs to be controlled for, as do any other intoxicants.

Professor Jari Tiihonen’s research group analysed the use of prescription drugs of 959 persons convicted of a homicide in Finland and found that pre-crime prescription of benzodiazepines and opiates resulted in the highest risk (223% increase) of committing homicide.

Relatedly, eleven antidepressants, six sedative/hypnotics and three drugs for attention deficit hyperactivity disorder represented the bulk of 31 medications associated with violence reported to the FDA.



Related: 4 Facts About ADHD That Teachers & Doctors Never Tell Parents

Now an international problem, a Swedish registry study identified a statistically significant increase in violence in males and females under 25 years old prescribed antidepressants.

Implicated in school shootings, stabbings, and even the Germanwings flight crash, prescribing of psychotropics prior to these incidences has been catalogued on ssristories.org leading me to suspect psychiatric prescribing as the most likely cause in any and all reports of unusually violent behavior in the public sphere.


Is Association Really Causation?

Beyond the cases where violence to self or others was induced in a non-violent, non-depressed, non-psychotic individual, what other evidence is there that speaks to how this could possibly be happening?

The most seminal paper in this regard, in my opinion, was published in 2011 by Lucire and Crotty. Ten cases of extreme violence were committed by patients who were prescribed antidepressants – not for major mental illness or even for depression – but for psychosocial distress (i.e. work stress, dog died, divorce).



Related: The Shocking Truth About Antidepressant Drug Studies + Peter Breggin MD: How Do Psychiatric Drugs Really Work?

What these authors identified was that these ten subjects had variants to liver enzymes responsible for drug metabolism exacerbated by co-administration of other drugs and substances including herbs. All returned to their baseline personalities when the antidepressant was discontinued.

Now referred to as akathisia-induced impulsivity, the genetic risk factors for this Russian Roulette of violence are not screened for prior to psychotropic prescribing.

Akathisia is a state of severe restlessness associated with thoughts of suicide and homicide.

Many patients describe it as a feeling-less state of apathy – and what I would describe as a disconnection from their own souls, their own experience of human connection, and any measure of self-reflection.



Related: Key Factors To Overcoming Depression Without Drugs

The genetic underpinnings of this kind of medication-induced vulnerability are just beginning to be explored with identification of precursor symptoms to violence including severe agitation.

In a randomized, placebo-controlled trial, healthy volunteers exhibited an almost 2 fold increased risk of symptoms that can lead to violence.

A 4-5 fold increased risk was noted in patients prescribed a generic version of the antidepressant Cymbalta, off-label, for stress urinary incontinence (a non-psychiatric indication).


There is Another Way

Perhaps it’s as if we are offering the blade edge of a knife to those falling off the cliff of struggle and suffering. Because the idea of managing a chemical imbalance with chemicals seems to make sense.

But at what cost?


The laundry list of acute and chronic adverse effects is growing, and the unpredictable risk of medication-induced violence should lead to an urgent cessation of all psychotropics.

Because it takes 17 years for physician practice to reflect published science, we need grassroots level information sharing. We need to inform ourselves before we consent to engage a system that regards you as an impersonal statistic.

We live in a cultural context that makes no room for the relevance, meaning, and significance of symptoms – symptoms are simply bad and scary and they must be managed. We don’t make room for patients to ask why they are not ok.



Related: 7 Facts About Depression That Will Blow You Away

If you knew that your symptoms were reversible, healable, transformable, you might consider walking that path instead of assuming this level of risk for placebo-level efficacy of psychotropic medication. We would only euthanize a “mental patient” if we felt their condition was lifelong and unremitting.

In fact, every woman I have ever tapered off of psychiatric drugs into experiences of total vitality once believed that she would be a medicated psychiatric patient for life.

If you knew that radical self-healing potential lies within each and every one of us, if you only knew that was possible, you might start that journey today. It’s side effect free…




The Psychiatric Agenda Destroys Creative Children

“Take a child who wants to invent something out of thin air, and instead of saying no, tell him he has a problem with his brain, and then stand back and watch what happens. In particular, watch what happens when you give him a toxic drug to fix his brain. You have to be a certain kind of person to do that to a child. You have to be, for various reasons, crazy and a career criminal.” - The Underground, Jon Rappoport

First, here are a few facts that should give you pause:

Related: When your child is a psychopath

According to NAMI (National Alliance on Mental Illness);


“More than 25 percent of [US] college students have been diagnosed or treated by a professional for a mental health condition within the past year.”

NAMI: “One in four young adults between the ages of 18 and 24 have [we claim] a diagnosable mental illness.”

According to healthline.com, 6.4 million American children between the ages of 4 and 17 have been diagnosed with ADHD. The average age for the child’s diagnosis is 7.

BMJ 2016;352:i1457: “The number of UK children and adolescents treated with antidepressants rose by over 50% from 2005 to 2012, a study of five Western countries published in European Neuropsychopharmacology has found.”

Getting the picture?



Related: Harvard Research Finds Link Between Fluoridated Water, ADHD & Mental Disorders

Children are being diagnosed and dosed with toxic drugs at a staggering rate. But, as I have shown in many past articles, NO so-called mental disorder is based on a lab test.

No blood, saliva, genetic, brain test. ALL 300 or so official mental disorders are defined by menus of behaviors concocted by committees of psychiatrists.

On that foundation, the diagnoses and the drugs are handed out.

Let’s look at just one of the drugs: Ritalin (or any similar ADHD medicine). After a creative child is seen fidgeting in class, looking bored, studying what he wants to study, ignoring classroom assignments, focusing on what interests him, he is diagnosed with ADHD. Then comes the drug.

In 1986, The International Journal of the Addictions published an important literature review by Richard Scarnati. It was called “An Outline of Hazardous Side Effects of Ritalin (Methylphenidate)” [v.21, pp. 837-841].



Related: Before His Death, Father Of ADHD Admitted It Was A Fictitious Disease

Scarnati listed a large number of adverse effects of Ritalin and cited published journal articles which reported each of these symptoms.

For every one of the following (selected and quoted verbatim) Ritalin effects, there is at least one confirming source in the medical literature:

Paranoid delusions

Paranoid psychosis

Hypomanic and manic symptoms, amphetamine-like psychosis

Activation of psychotic symptoms

Toxic psychosis

Visual hallucinations

Auditory hallucinations

Can surpass LSD in producing bizarre experiences

Effects pathological thought processes

Extreme withdrawal

Terrified affect

Started screaming

Aggressiveness

Insomnia

Since Ritalin is considered an amphetamine-type drug, expect amphetamine-like effects

Psychic dependence

High-abuse potential DEA Schedule II Drug

Decreased REM sleep

When used with antidepressants one may see dangerous reactions including hypertension, seizures and hypothermia

Convulsions

Brain damage may be seen with amphetamine abuse.


Under this chemical assault on the brain, what are the chances that a creative child will go on in life to become an innovator, rather than a victim of psychiatric drugging?

Make a list of your favorite innovators. Imagine them as bored distracted children sitting in classrooms… and then diagnosed, and then hammered with drugs prescribed by a doctor.

This is happening now. The institution of psychiatry is making it happen. What about the consequences of diagnosing clinical depression in larger numbers of young children? What about the antidepressant drugs?



Related: The Science And Pseudoscience Of Children’s Mental Health + Creating ADHD Is The New Education

Here is just a sprinkling of information about antidepressants, from a huge body of literature:

Psychiatrist Peter Breggin: February 1990 American Journal of Psychiatry (Teicher et al, v.147:207-210) reports on:


“Six depressed patients, previously free of recent suicidal ideation, who developed `intense, violent suicidal preoccupations after 2-7 weeks of fluoxetine [Prozac] treatment.'

The suicidal preoccupations lasted from three days to three months after termination of the treatment. The report estimates that 3.5 percent of Prozac users were at risk.

While denying the validity of the study, Dista Products, a division of Eli Lilly, put out a brochure for doctors dated August 31, 1990, stating that it was adding `suicidal ideation’ to the adverse events section of its Prozac product information.”

An earlier study, from the September 1989 Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, by Joseph Lipiniski, Jr., indicates that in five examined cases people on Prozac developed what is called akathesia.

Symptoms include intense anxiety, inability to sleep, the “jerking of extremities,” and “bicycling in bed or just turning around and around.”



Related: The Roots Of Mental Health - Maybe They’re Not In Our Heads + Rising Rates Of Suicide: Are Pills The Problem?

Dr. Peter Breggin comments that akathesia:


"May also contribute to the drug’s tendency to cause self-destructive or violent tendencies … Akathesia can become the equivalent of biochemical torture and could possibly tip someone over the edge into self-destructive or violent behavior.

The June 1990 Health Newsletter, produced by the Public Citizen Research Group, reports, ‘Akathesia, or symptoms of restlessness, constant pacing, and purposeless movements of the feet and legs,
may occur in 10-25 percent of patients on Prozac.’”

The well-known publication, California Lawyer, in a December 1998 article called “Protecting Prozac,” details some of the suspect maneuvers of Eli Lilly in its handling of suits against Prozac.

California Lawyer also mentions other highly qualified critics of the drug:


"David Healy, MD, an internationally renowned psychopharmacologist, has stated in sworn deposition that `contrary to Lilly’s view, there is a plausible cause-and-effect relationship between Prozac’ and suicidal-homicidal events.

An epidemiological study published in 1995 by the British Medical Journal also links Prozac to increased suicide risk.”

When pressed, proponents of these SSRI antidepressant drugs (Prozac, Zoloft, Paxil, etc.) sometimes say, “Well, the benefits for the general population far outweigh the risk.”

But the issue of benefits will not go away on that basis.



Related: Why Nutritional Psychiatry Is The Future Of Mental Health Treatment + Depression Is A Symptom Of Nutrient Deficiency; Treating It With Drugs Is Not Only Ineffective But Dangerous

A shocking review-study published in The Journal of Nervous and Mental Diseases (1996, v.184, no.2), written by Rhoda L. Fisher and Seymour Fisher, called “Antidepressants for Children,” concludes:


“Despite unanimous literature of double-blind studies indicating that antidepressants are no more effective than placebos in treating depression in children and adolescents, such medications continue to be in wide use.”

In wide use. This despite such contrary information and the negative, dangerous effects of these drugs.

There are other studies: “Emergence of self-destructive phenomena in children and adolescents during fluoxetine treatment,” published in the Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry (1991, vol.30), written by RA King, RA Riddle, et al.

It reports self-destructive phenomena in 14% (6/42) of children and adolescents (10-17 years old) who had treatment with fluoxetine (Prozac) for obsessive-compulsive disorder.

July, 1991. Journal of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry. Hisako Koizumi, MD, describes a thirteen-year-old boy who was on Prozac: “full of energy,” “hyperactive,” “clown-like.”

All this devolved into sudden violent actions which were “totally unlike him.”



Related: Evidence Points To Ft. Lauderdale Shooter Being “Jason Bourned” With Mind Altering Psychiatric Drugs And ISIS Video Indoctrination By U.S. Intelligence Operatives

September, 1991. The Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry. Author Laurence Jerome reports the case of a ten-year old who moves with his family to a new location. Becoming depressed, the boy is put on Prozac by a doctor.

The boy is then “hyperactive, agitated … irritable.” He makes a “somewhat grandiose assessment of his own abilities.”

Then he calls a stranger on the phone and says he is going to kill him. The Prozac is stopped, and the symptoms disappear.

For money, for profit, for status, for control, there exists a professional class called psychiatrists. They approach children - particularly creative children who refuse to fall into lock-step with a regimented program of learning - as outliers, as ill, as strange, as maladjusted, as threats to the system.



Related: The Cult Of 'Scientism' Explained: How Scientific Claims Behind Cancer, Vaccines, Psychiatric Drugs And GMOs Are Nothing More Than Corporate-Funded Science Fraud

And this professional class takes action. Diagnose the children, drug them, bring them back into line, make them “normal,” reduce their curiosity and independence and drive and will power.

Instead of using overt physical force, they use relatively invisible chemical force.

Under the banner of caring, they perform, on the young, a scientific ritual of sacrifice, a rite of passage into the dead world where they, the elite rulers, exist.


Related Articles:


Nature’s Prozac: Nutrition For Mental Health


These Five Traits Can Only Be Found In Genuine Empaths & Psychic Abilities Everyone Can Unlock

Cover Stories Are Used To Control Explanations & Medical Propaganda Headlines For Gullible Minds

The Study Of Fundamental Consciousness Entering The Mainstream

How Facebook Has Become The Strategic Media Mouthpiece For The Global Elite & The Impact Of Social Media On Young People's Mental Health

Having Depression And Anxiety Means Having A Brain Constantly At War With Itself

Digital Addiction Increases Loneliness, Anxiety And Depression

New Study Finds Antidepressants To Be “Largely Ineffective And Potentially Dangerous”

Researcher Uncovers What May Be The Real Cause Of Depression

Another Natural Remedy For Alcoholism And Depression? South American Psychedelic Herb Promotes Feelings Of Well-Being, According To New Study



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
What The New Acceptability Of The Lab Leak Origin Tells Us About Media Outlets & COVID-19 - The Real Truth
June 14 2021 | From: Scoop / FalsificationOfHistory / Various

This is another long read: Have you noticed that a lot of science writers have lately been saying that they were perfectly right a year ago to mock and condemn even considering a lab leak origin for Coronavirus but that now it’s perfectly proper to admit that Coronavirus may very well have come from a lab?



It seems to be largely a question of fashion. One doesn’t wear the wrong outfit too early in the season, or explore the wrong epidemiological idea when the White House is claimed by one Party or the other.

Related: Watch: Fauci Pal Daszak Admits "Chinese Colleagues" Developing "Killer" Coronaviruses

In March 2020, I blogged about how articles denouncing the possibility that the Coronavirus pandemic originated with a leak from a bioweapons lab sometimes actually admitted to basic facts that made such an origin seem likely.

The first reported outbreak was extremely close to one of the few places on earth actively experimenting with weaponizing Coronavirus, but a huge distance from the supposed source in bats. Not only had various labs had leaks before, but scientists had recently warned of the danger of leaks from the lab in Wuhan.

There was a theory about a seafood market, and the fact that this theory fell apart seems not to have entered the public consciousness to the same extent as the false fact that it supposedly disproved the lab leak theory.

I was by March 2020 very used to the stopped clock problem. Just as even a stopped clock is right twice a day, a bunch of Trump-worshipping China-haters could be right about the origin of the pandemic.

Certainly their ravings provided absolutely zero evidence against their claims happening to be correct - just as Trump being depicted as anti-NATO was not actually a reason for me to start loving NATO, and just as the bipartisan consensus that China was a military threat was not an actual reason for me to fear a military costing 14% of what is spent on the militaries of the United States and its allies and weapons customers.




Tucker Carlson Eviscerates Fauci After Email Release

In the wake of the revelations stemming from the release of Dr Fauci’s emails, Host Tucker Carlson charged that the White House chief medical advisor has repeatedly lied under oath about what he knew regarding the origins of the pandemic, and should be under criminal investigation.


Related: "That Was A Lie": Tucker Carlson Levels Fauci After FOIA Emails Connect The Dots



I did not think the lab leak possibility risked providing any good reason to actually hate China. We knew that Anthony Fauci and the U.S. government invested in the Wuhan lab.


If the insanely unjustifiable risks taken by that lab were an excuse to hate anything, the objects of that hatred couldn’t be limited to China. And if China is a military threat, why fund its bioweapons research?

I was also very used to censorship surrounding the whole topic of bioweapons. You’re not supposed to talk about the overwhelming evidence that the spread of Lyme disease was thanks to a U.S. bioweapons lab, or the likelihood that the U.S. government’s view is correct that the 2001 Anthrax attacks originated with material from a U.S. bioweapons lab.

So, I didn’t take condemnations of even considering the lab-leak theory for Coronavirus as meriting compliance. If anything, the stigma being attached to the lab leak theory made me suspect it was right, or at least that bioweapons makers wanted to hide the fact that a lab leak was quite plausible.

In my view the plausibility of a lab leak, even if never proven, was a new good reason to shut down all the world’s bioweapons labs.

I was pleased to see Sam Husseini and a very few others pursue the question with open minds. Corporate media outlets did no such thing. Just as you can’t oppose a looming war or step outside the prescribed limits of debate on numerous topics, you could not for a year or more say certain things about Coronavirus in U.S. corporate media.



Related: The Deeper Questions Behind The “Lab Origins” Debate

Now writers tell us that the impossibility of a lab origin was their “knee jerk reaction.” But, first of all, why should a knee-jerk reaction count for anything? And, second of all, group think doesn’t really depend on somebody’s knee-jerk reaction even if that memory is accurate. It depends on editors enforcing prohibitions.

Now writers tell us that they chose to believe scientists rather than Trumpsters. But the reality was also that they chose to believe the CIA and related agencies rather than Trumpsters - the scientific dubiousness of placing faith in the statements of professional liars notwithstanding.

The reality is also that they chose to obey decrees published in scientificisticish publications without even questioning the motivations of the authors.

A super serious “letter” published by The Lancet said, “We stand together to strongly condemn conspiracy theories suggesting that COVID-19 does not have a natural origin."

Not to disprove, not to disagree with, not to offer evidence against, but to “condemn” - and not merely to condemn, but to stigmatize as evil and irrational “conspiracy theories.”

But the organizer of that letter, Peter Daszak had funded, at the Wuhan lab, just the research that could have resulted in the pandemic.

This massive conflict of interest was no problem at all for The Lancet, or major media outlets. The Lancet even put Daszak on a commission to study the origin question, as did the World Health Organization.




A Vindicated Rand Paul Decimates Fauci Over Emails

Senator Rand Paul, who has constantly challenged the contradictory and unscientific statements of Dr Fauci, as well as pointing out Fauci’s involvement in funding gain of function research with coronaviruses at the Wuhan Institute of Virology, appeared vindicated in an interview recently following disturbing revelations from released emails, which Paul urged should be the final nail in Fauci’s coffin.



Related: Sen. Rand Paul Reacts To Bombshell Dr. Fauci Emails: ‘Told You’



I don’t know where the pandemic came from any more than I know who shot John F. Kennedy, but I do know that you wouldn’t have put Allen Dulles on a commission to study Kennedy if even appearing to care about the truth had been a top priority, and I know that Daszak investigating himself and finding himself absolutely blameless is a cause for suspicion, not credulity.

What difference does it make where this pandemic came from? Well, if it came from the tiny remnants of wild nature left on earth, a possible solution might be to cease destruction and deforestation, perhaps even abolish livestock and restore huge areas of land to the wild.

But another possible solution, and one guaranteed to be pursued with fervor in the absence of massive pushback, would be to research, investigate, experiment - in other words, invest still more in weapons labs to fend off further assaults on innocent little humanity.

If, on the other hand, the origin is proven to be a weapons lab - and you could make this argument based on just the possibility that it is a weapons lab - then a solution would be to shut the damn things down.

The incredible diversion of resources into militarism is a leading cause of environmental destruction, the reason for the risk of nuclear apocalypse, and quite possibly the reason not just for poor investment in medical preparedness but also directly for the disease that has ravaged the globe during this past year.

There might be increased basis for questioning the madness of militarism.



Related: The Jaw Dropping Dr. Fauci Emails

Regardless of what, if anything, we manage to learn further about the origin of the Coronavirus pandemic, we do know that questioning corporate media is in order.

If “objective” reporting on matters of “science” is basically subject to fashion trends, how much faith should you put in assertions about economics or diplomacy? Of course the media may instruct you not to think something that also happens to be completely false.

But if I were you I’d keep my eyes peeled for over-eager dictates on what not to think. Often those will tell you exactly what you might want to look into.


Related Articles:

COVID 'Vaccine Shedding', Evidence SARS-CoV-2 Spike Protein Can 'Alter Human Genes

Shocking Live Blood Analysis After Vax

DARPA Is Working On COVID Vaccine, Implantable Microchip To Detect Virus

The COVID-19 Shot is a Killing Machine - Dr. Judy Mikovits

Covid "Vaccine" is Poison: Australian Government Confess on Their Website

Follow-up to the 5 Doctors Discussion of the COVID Shots as Bioweapons

A Balanced Response to COVID-19

Mike Adams' Covid Vaccine Message to Family and Friends: What You Aren't Being Told by the Establishment

Leaked Documents Explicitly Expose How Facebook ‘Censors’ Vaccine Concerns

Good News: Even A Mild COVID Infection Develops Antibody Protection That Could Last A Lifetime

Germ Theory vs Terrain Theory: Dr. Sam Bailey

Courageous Conversations: Sue Grey Chats With Voices for Freedom

Dr. Reiner Fuellmich on the Global COVID Response: "I's Not About Health"

Dr Reiner Fuellmich

Voices For Freedom With Plan B

Attention All Kiwis: What You Are Not Being Told About the COVID-19 Vaccine Could Kill You

Dr. Lee Merrit Explains How COVID Vaccinated Hurt the Unvaccinated

A brief message from Dr. Sherri Tenpenny and Sheila Hemphill

Dr. Christiane Northrup Gives New Details on Shedding

Nobel Laureate Luc Montagnier Says "No Chance of Survival For "Vaccine" Takers

Nobel Prize Winner Luc Montagnier - Vaccinating During a Pandemic is Unthinkable and Cuses Death

HIV Researcher Luc Montagnier Warns Vaccines Are Causing New Pandmic

Dr. Peter McCullough – Something is Very Wrong

Tucker Carlson Today - Dr. Peter McCullough - May 7, 2021

How Many Have Died From COVID Vaccines?

State Euthanasia Under Guise of Covid

Kash’s Corner: Dr. Fauci Attacked Trump for Lab Leak Theory Despite Not Having Access to the Intelligence

US Gave More Money to Chinese Lab for Bat Research Than Fauci Claimed: Documents

California County COVID-19 Death Toll Lowered by 400 After Counting Method Change

High-Ranking Chinese Defector Reportedly Working With DIA Has "Direct Knowledge" Of China's Bioweapons Program

Trump Says US, World Should Demand Pandemic Reparations From CCP

Florida Urologist Finds Signs Of Infertility & Prostate Cancer In Men Jabbed With COVID Vaccines



COVID-19 - The Real Truth

There are several schools of thought amongst those of us who have a ‘finger on the pulse,’ regarding what is really going on with the COVID-19 ‘crisis.’ But one thing of which we are very sure is that what it is NOT all about is a highly dangerous disease that will kill millions if left unchecked. 




Since when did our ‘lords and masters’ care anything whatsoever about the deaths of we the ‘great unwashed’ or the ‘useless eaters’ as they are known to refer to us? Under other circumstances, do our governments ever really care about the welfare of the poor, the sick, the disadvantaged or the elderly?  The obvious answer to that is a very resounding, ‘no!’

Related:
An Orchestrated Hoax

This simple fact alone should be enough to tell us that all the utterly draconian sanctions, restrictions and loss of our basic freedoms to move around freely, right now, are really not at all about protecting ‘vulnerable’ (or any other) members of society. 

So, what are we to conclude regarding all the COVID-19 hype and propaganda currently being spewed out at us 24/7 through the airwaves and in the written press?  Indeed, this veritable, overwhelming cacophony of extremely insidious fear mongering?

We believe that this is a deliberate, mass manipulation of our worst fears and emotions and every available statistic demonstrates that this ‘virus’ is definitely no more, and in most cases considerably less, ‘dangerous’ than many other common illnesses. But despite this, the measures now being put in place to allegedly counter this ‘dire emergency’ are totally disproportionate to any likely threat, either real or perceived. 

Indeed, what is currently taking place in every corner of the world now, is akin to martial law. 



Related: The Gun Smoketh After More Dr. Fauci Comments Are Unearthed Regarding the Wuhan Lab - Nwo Report

The total lockdown of certain cities and countries, curfews, threats of home confinement for the elderly (and soon everyone else too, no doubt), police and military intervention, closed borders and a moratorium on international travel, could be lifted straight from the pages of some dystopian, futuristic novel or Sci-Fi ‘B’ movie, except that this is not fiction or the future, this is fact and the present, and we are all living this outrageous and flagrant disregard for our basic human rights and freedoms, right now – and all in the guise of it being for our ‘own protection.’

But are ‘they’ telling us the truth about just how deadly this virus is? 

Staggeringly, we have incontrovertible proof that they are not!!  And what’s probably more significant is that this is not hidden away in some dark corner of the Internet on a crazy ‘conspiracy’ website but is actually spelled out for us in plain English on the UK government’s official website! 

Don’t believe us? Just click here and scroll down to ‘Status of COVID-19

In case this link is ever broken or removed altogether, we have ‘screenshot’ the relevant part for you and present it here for your information…



Related: Covid-19 Vaccines Lead to New Infections and Mortality: The Evidence is Overwhelming

In effect then, what they are telling us, utterly incredibly, about COVID-19 is that mortality rates are ‘low overall’ and that the virus is no longer regarded officially as being an HCID. (High Consequence Infectious Disease)

Contrast this with all the media hype and their so obviously staged shots of lines of ambulances, weeping relatives, over-worked hospitals, distraught doctors and nurses and deserted city streets, like something out of a cheap, apocalyptic sci-fi movie.  What more proof is needed of this than that contained in the above website?  Truly shameful!

And even more incredulous is the fact that the nationwide lockdown of its citizens in the UK happened some days after the UK’s own official proclamation that COVID-19 is not considered to be an HCID.

So why then, after that announcement is the whole nation confined to their homes (allowing one ‘essential only’ town trip per day per household) for the coming three weeks minimum?

And what are we to make of these book excerpts? The first is from a Dean Koontz novel, ‘The Eyes of Darkness’ written in 1981 – almost 40 years ago! And the second one is from Sylvia Browne’s 2008 novel, ‘End of Days.’



Related: California Woman Who Got Both Moderna Vaccine Shots Dies of COVID-19: Officials




Related: COVID Lockdowns Found to be Major Factor in Doubling of Australia’s Attempted Youth Suicides


"In around 2020 a severe pneumonia-like illness will spread throughout the globe, attacking the lungs and the bronchial tube and resisting all known treatments. Almost more baffling than the illness itself will be the fact that it will suddenly vanish as quickly as it arrived, attack again ten years later, and then disappear completely.”

And…

“They call the stuff ‘Wuhan-400’ because it was developed at their RDNA labs outside the city of Wuhan, and it was the four-hundredth viable strain of man-made microorganisms created at the research center.  Wuhan-400 is a perfect weapon. It afflicts only human beings. No other living creature can carry it.

And like syphilis, Wuhan-400 can’t survive outside a living human body for longer than a minute, which means it can’t permanently contaminate objects or entire places, the way anthrax and other virulent microorganisms can.

And when the host expires, the Wuhan-400 within him perishes a short while later.. do you see the advantages of this? … the Chinese could use Wuhan-400 to wipe out a city or a country, and then there wouldn’t’ be any need for them to conduct a tricky and expensive decontamination before they moved in and took over the conquered territory.”


Is this a case of uncannily accurate predictive programming – or a simple coincidence? 

Once again, we will let you, the reader, decide. However please be aware that this is a common occurrence and has shades of the ‘Titan’ novel written in 1898, 14 years before the Titanic disaster and yet which accurately predicted that incident down to the most minute of details.

So, if we are correct in our assertions, what are the purposes and the real root of this apparent worldwide exercise in control of populations? 

We can only conclude that there is a hidden agenda of some kind at play, but exactly what that may be, is perhaps still up for debate. 


However, there are several possibilities, any or all of which could be the case, so we invite you to read on and draw your own conclusions but also please be aware that any attempt to draw this information to anyone’s attention on social media will result in the following censorship, which could easily have given Soviet Russia in the 1920s to 1980s, a ‘good run for its money!’



Related: DeSantis Says He’ll ‘Enforce Florida Law’ Against Vaccine Passports After Cruise Line Unveils Plans



Related: Australian Woman’s Death Linked to COVID-19 Vaccine

We are so fortunate are we not, that we have the so-called ‘Independent fact-checkers at Science Feedback’ to correct our gross errors and misconceptions? 

Go back to sleep everyone.  It’s all OK, ‘they’ are taking good care of you!


Mandatory Vaccinations

So, could this ‘exercise’ be aimed at something as simple as imposing a mandatory vaccine on the entire world, as some free-thinking commentators have suggested? 

Or is this merely a ‘fortunate’ (for some) by-product of what is transpiring throughout the world today?  It would certainly generate an absolute mountain of cash for ‘Big Pharma,’ there is no doubt about that, and it would absolutely not be a precedent either. 

Think ‘Bird Flu,’ ‘Swine Flu,’ ‘SARS,’ ‘MERS,’ ‘Ebola’ ‘AIDS’ and several other fairly recent health ‘catastrophes,’ all of which had suddenly appeared from nowhere (but mysteriously now seem to have disappeared) and desperately ‘needed’ a new vaccine to combat them –
and how many billions (if not trillions) in revenue these alleged crises generated for the Pharma companies.

Indeed Bill Gates, ‘Mr. Vaccine’ himself, predicted a deadly ‘coronavirus outbreak’ as long ago as 2015. And in 2019, several months prior to the ‘outbreak’ in China, the Pirbright Institute founded by Bill and Melinda Gates, ran a simulation of a coronavirus pandemic which predicted up to 65 million deaths (they wish)! 

And the lovely Bill and Melinda, just by pure coincidence you understand, also happen to own the patent to the coronavirus and are ‘working’ on a vaccine as we write this, to which they will no doubt own the patent too. 




An Open Video From NZ Doctor Damian Wojcik


`


Related: Canadian Viral Immunologist, Professors & Doctors Sound The Alarm on COVID-19 Vaccine Safety



But what is really significant is that it is not possible to patent naturally occurring organisms, which should tell us implicitly that the coronavirus is man-made. But by whom and to what ends? 

Could this link to what was predicted in ‘The Eyes of Darkness’ novel? If so, it’s interesting to note, that in that (hopefully) ‘fictitious’ scenario the microorganism referred to as ‘Wuhan-400’ was not in fact contagious and could not live on surfaces.

So if there is any correlation and predictive programming at work and if COVID-19 (as the UK government has recently declared) is not in fact highly infectious (if at all) then why the worldwide lockdown quarantine measures?

Is it to keep us in one place as sitting ducks for the directed bio-weapon, and, if so, what is the delivery system? Could it be related to the new 5G millimeter wave communications technology currently being rolled out throughout the world? We will explore that aspect in more detail shortly.

Gates is without doubt a Rothschild / Rockefeller ‘insider’ who is fully aware, and indeed part of the ongoing agenda to subjugate humankind in exactly the way in which it is happening today. 

But, many will argue, isn’t the development of a new vaccine a ‘good thing?’ We strongly believe not. Vaccines are hyped-up constantly by those to whom we are permanently in thrall and promoted as being the ultimate, effective answer to all disease control. 



Related: Vaccine researcher admits ‘big mistake,’ says spike protein is dangerous ‘toxin’

However, surprisingly to most and especially those who are taken in by official propaganda (and we include unknowing health professionals at all levels of expertise in this too), vaccines are definitely NOT what they are widely portrayed and purported to be by those who stand to benefit greatly – and their apologists in the controlled mainstream media. 

Indeed, vaccines are proven not simply to be totally ineffective in virtually every situation, but on the contrary are actually extremely harmful to all, especially, the very young, the very old and those already suffering from an ailment of some kind. 

We do not intend to put forward a comprehensive argument against the use of vaccines in this short essay but suffice to say that an Internet search for the ingredients of vaccines and their many dangers, will certainly more than prove our point.


A Financial Crash?

Some have also suggested that the ‘crisis’ could be the prelude to and/or designed to facilitate an engineered financial crash. 


The impact on the economy already is quite devastating and governments are now offering tangible assistance to corporations and businesses in order to help them ‘survive’ the situation, but of course, there will be little if anything at all to compensate those poor souls whose livelihoods may be curtailed or destroyed completely by the insidious actions of our governments and media. 

Again, some may ask how a financial crash could be beneficial to anyone at all, particularly the wealthy, who at first glance would appear to have the most to lose? However, this is definitely not so either.



Related: Everything Is Rigged: Medicine, Science, Elections, The Media, Money, Education, Search Engines, Social Media... You Are Living In A Fabricated Fairy Tale

It is a well-established fact that large quantities of money can be generated by financial crashes, particularly by those ‘in the know’ and who are able to sell their assets at the ‘top’ of the market and then re-buy those same assets for considerably less after the event. 

This has been a strategy for centuries and is the foremost reason for all the major financial ‘boom and bust’ cycles down the ages, all of which are artificially generated in order to enable the already obscenely rich to acquire even more wealth.


1984 is Here at Last (36 Years Late!)

But for a truly worrying and unsettling Orwellian slant on the whole affair, allow us to draw your attention to something that, if true, and this is extremely plausible based on what we understand to be going on in the background, whilst we all worry ourselves to death about contracting a probably non-existent virus (or at very worst, one which is less dangerous than influenza)…

According to the website of the MIT Technology Review, a mainstream website and one not naturally given to disseminating so-called ‘conspiracy theories,’ this is all just the tip of an (extremely scary and disturbing) iceberg.

The scientists at this ‘well-respected’ institution, have decreed that in order to put a complete halt to the spread of this ‘deadly disease,’ society needs to make changes to almost every aspect of our lives as nothing will EVER be the same again! 

We can only expect this to be the first of a series of further deadly outbreaks and so must be prepared to make many sacrifices and accept even more insidious attacks upon our basic freedoms. 



Related: Chinese Military Scientists Discussed Man-Made Coronavirus Attack Years Before COVID-19 Pandemic

Freedoms which of course have been systematically eroded for decades, following closely on the blueprint outlined in George Orwell’s terrifying, dystopian novel, ‘1984.’

And again, according to the MIT Tduckechnology Review, here are some or all of the following further draconian restrictions of our freedoms to be actioned imminently (yes we really do have SOME still left at present – but as you will see, probably not for too much longer!)…

1. In order to stop COVID-19 (and all future outbreaks) we will need to radically change almost everything we do; how we work, exercise, socialize, shop, manage our health, educate our kids and take care of family members.

2.
We should expect a permanent 10-person limit on social gatherings to be announced

3.
We also need to impose ‘severe’ and ‘extreme’ social distancing.

4.
Under this model, the researchers conclude, social distancing and school closures would need to be in force some two-thirds of the time, roughly two months on and one month off, until a vaccine is available, which will take at least 18 months (if it even works at all – which we seriously doubt).  And this is no ‘temporary restriction’ this will be a totally radical and different way of life, permanently.

5.
Ultimately, however, they predict that the ability to socialize safely will be restored only by developing more sophisticated ways to identify who is a disease risk and who isn’t and discriminating – legally – against those who are.

6.
Israel is already using cell-phone location data, with which its intelligence services track ‘terrorists’ (for ‘terrorists,’ read anyone whom they deem to be a threat to their power) to trace people who’ve been in touch with known carriers of the virus. Singapore does exhaustive contact tracing and publishes detailed data on each known case, all but identifying people by name!  This of course will then be extended worldwide – and of course not just to ‘terrorists,’ but to all of us.  And all whilst we continue to slumber in our abject apathy to these machinations.

And amongst other outrages, the report then goes on to state that…


"We don’t know exactly what this new future looks like, of course. But one can imagine a world in which, to get on a flight, perhaps you’ll have to be signed up to a service that tracks your movements via your phone.

The airline wouldn’t be able to see where you’d gone, but it would get an alert if you’d been close to known infected people or disease hot spots.

There’d be similar requirements at the entrance to large venues, government buildings, or public transport hubs.

There would be temperature scanners everywhere, and your workplace might demand you wear a monitor that tracks your temperature or other vital signs.

Where nightclubs ask for proof of age, in future they might ask for proof of immunity - an identity card or some kind of digital verification via your phone, showing you’ve already recovered from or been vaccinated against the latest virus strains.”

And perhaps most incredibly of all…


"We’ll adapt to and accept such measures, much as we’ve adapted to increasingly stringent airport security screenings in the wake of terrorist attacks. The intrusive surveillance will be considered a small price to pay for the basic freedom to be with other people.”

Well, certainly not by us, it won’t and nor we suspect to anyone else who cherishes their rapidly eroding privacy and freedoms! 

So there we have it, straight from the ‘horse’s mouth’ or at least the mouth of the researchers at Imperial College, London, England, from whence the information in the MIT Technological Review was sourced – and indeed significantly, the source for all UK government advice and technical and statistical data on the ‘outbreak!’ 

So just to be clear, this is the organization upon who’s every word and recommendation our governments act!




Pfizer - A Trustworthy "Vaccine"





Related Articles:

Pfizer Vaccine Confirmed to Cause Neurodegenerative Diseases: Study

German Panel Recommends Children With Pre-Existing Conditions Not Get Pfizer’s COVID-19 Vaccine

Reported Vaccine Injuries Continue to Climb, Pfizer Seeks Full Approval for COVID Vaccine

NZ Lawyer Tells Prime Minister Her Pfizer Vaccine Claims Are Misleading And Deceptive + Massive Anti-Lockdown Protests Rage Worldwide

Pfizer Vice President Blows The Whistle & Tells The Truth About The Pharmaceutical Industry




Regarding any further strict clampdowns on our freedoms, many people blithely ‘parrot’ the line, ‘if you are not doing anything wrong, you have nothing to fear,’ but this is wrong and irrelevant on so many levels. 

This glib, oft-quoted statement is misguided in the extreme. Firstly, who decides what is wrong or right? Obviously, one man’s terrorist is another man’s freedom fighter

Is it wrong for example to peacefully challenge the government if you believe that it is acting illegally or against the best interests of its citizens?  

Is it wrong to write articles such as this that challenge the status quo and expose what is really happening throughout the world?

You may say ‘yes’ and you may well be right, we do not have a personal monopoly on the truth, but we do believe strongly that it is everyone’s right to peacefully challenge any form of injustice or suppression, as we are attempting to do in writing this piece. 

But would our own (or any other) governments agree with any sentiments that challenge its very authority to dictate to its citizens what is and is not acceptable? 

We doubt that very much. In fact the very writing of this article, if it went viral probably would expose us to covert surveillance, but we strongly do not believe we are doing wrong by writing this and nor we suspect do most free-thinking, fair-minded individuals, whether or not they wholeheartedly agree with the content herein.



Related: Fauci Emails Reveal Damage Control Scramble After ZeroHedge Spotlights Man-Made COVID-19 Theory

And in our view, our privacy and freedoms are not eligible for trading-off against any relaxations in security, whether or not they are randomly deemed to be ‘for our own good.’ 

Privacy and freedom are fundamental human rights and not privileges as they would have us all believe – and are certainly not ‘currencies’ to be used in any kind of barter situation.

Also, do we actually trust any entity that has the power to suppress us if we deviate from their decrees? According to the above quote, we would have nothing to fear unless we were ‘doing wrong.’ 

But do we trust our governments to make the ultimate decision as to whether we are doing wrong or not? What if it was decided by them arbitrarily that we (or you) were doing something wrong when we patently were not, by any standards? 

Do we trust governments to always act in the best interests of its individual citizens? We think not. That statement is at best misguided and at worst, a deceit of great magnitude. 

All governments will do ‘whatever it takes’ to maintain control and stay in power, without exception and are far from being the benevolent yet bumbling, monolithic institutions that they overtly appear to be and are portrayed to be by the compliant media

Any one of their own citizens who is perceived either as an actual physical or even a passive threat to their supreme power will not be tolerated and will be dealt with severely, either overtly or covertly. 

This is the very embodiment of extreme communism/ socialism (communitarianism/ totalitarianism) and is precisely what we have in place today in our so-called but grossly misnamed ‘democratic’ societies.




Informed Consent? COVID-19 Vaccination Ingredients Not Readily Available at NZ Vaccination Centre





Related: Study: People Who Have Recovered From COVID-19 Unlikely to Benefit From Vaccine



Also, if politicians believe that they have the right to impose any ‘law’ they wish and police and security forces maintain the attitude that as long as anything is deemed ‘lawful,’ they will enforce it rightly or wrongly, what is there to prevent complete tyranny? 

Not the consciences of the ‘law-makers’ or their legal enforcers obviously and not even peaceful petitions to the politicians will be effective. 

Politely petitioning or appealing to oppressors not to be oppressive has a very poor track-record of success, historically.  When tyrants define what constitutes ‘law,’ then by definition it is up to the ‘law-breakers’ to combat tyranny and sometimes the end will justify the means.

Those who are proud to be ‘law-abiding’ at any cost to their liberties however, may not agree and may even decline to think rationally about this, but what is the alternative? 

If we do not have the right to resist injustice, even if that injustice is officially called ‘the law,’ that logically implies that we have an obligation to allow governments to do to us whatsoever they may choose, and also to our homes and families

Realistically, there are only two alternatives; we are either slaves, the ‘property’ of the Elite, the politicians and their lackeys, with no rights at all, or we have the right to resist government or Elite attempts to oppress us. 

There can logically be no other options.



Related: Corona Investigative Committee: International Legal Offensive Part 1 - In Conversation With Lawyers from Germany, Italy, Great Britain, United States, Canada, Austria, Argentina, Uruguay, Chile

But when ‘the law’ has deviated from common sense and become an evil tool used for the robbery of others’ freedoms, should we blindly and subserviently obey it – or join together in peaceful protest?

So, how do we dissect this truly stunning, not to mention terrifying scenario of the imminent future?

It is our view that THIS is the real over-riding reason for the fake COVID-19 scare

Yes, there are several other possible interpretations of all the conflicting and seemingly logicalinformation we receive on an ongoing basis from the lackeys of the media, but reading between the lines of the above report, provides us with very real clues as to the true intent behind this hoax, for hoax it most surely is.

It is well-known amongst the geo-political researcher fraternity that our ‘masters’ are constantly seeking new and more insidious ways of deceptively stealing our basic human rights and freedoms in their desperate drive towards a totalitarian state, and so, recognizing this to be a fact, what better way to proceed towards their goals than to employ that old favorite of theirs… step forward the good old, reliable Hegelian Dialectic, aka ‘Thesis, Antithesis, Synthesis’ or ‘Problem, Reaction, Solution,’ a methodology that was seen to great effect in the 9/11 disaster, for example. 

For those of you unaware of this particular tactic, it simply goes as follows…

Step 1.  Create a problem – e.g. The terrorist attacks on several iconic sites (as on 9/11) or the outbreak of COVID-19 in 2019/20.

Step 2.  Await the public reaction, which is always going to be as predicted, e.g. ‘something must be done!’ e.g. ‘Attack them in their own homelands’ in the case of 9/11 and ‘we need an effective vaccine and/or ‘much more public safety, surveillance and security,’ in the case of COVID-19.

Step 3.  Offer the ready-made solution, which is always rather conveniently, the intended next phase of ‘the agenda’ anyway.

…and all achieved with not only no protests whatsoever, but with universal approval and gratitude as we consign ourselves into the slavery and servitude we seem to so crave as a society.



Related: Fear: False Evidence Appearing Real

So, if our suspicions are correct, this ‘virus outbreak’ is just the latest in a long, long line of ‘false flags,’ insidious tactics to further subjugate the human race and we are being subtly manipulated into willingly selling them our freedoms just simply to enable us to continue as we were before! Pure psychopathy in action.

In case you still have any lingering doubts about this, here is an excerpt from an online mainstream medical website, offering advice on COVID-19 and its symptoms…


"The symptoms of coronaviruses are similar to any other upper respiratory infection, including runny nose, coughing, sore throat, and sometimes a fever.

In most cases, you won’t know whether you have a COVID-19 or a different cold-causing virus, such as rhinovirus.”

So incredibly, what they are telling us is that it’s next to impossible to discern whether anyone may have this ‘deadly’ virus – or just simply a case of common flu or cold – and also that its symptoms are indistinguishable from regular flu. 

This being the case, how does anyone actually know whether they have COVID-19 or just a dose of regular flu – or even a cold? 

Quite simply they do not and so this then renders all government statistics on deaths and actual transmission rates, null and void. Particularly when patients are reporting being told based on their flu symptoms that they have COVID-19 without being given a specific COVID-19 test at all.

These tests, they are told, are being reserved for ICU patients only as there are ‘not enough to go around.’




The Mysterious Death of Dr. Fauci’s Most Notable Critic

The late Dr. Kary Mullis, the inventor of the PCR test, had been blowing the whistle on Fauci and big pharma for thirty years.


Related Articles:

EU Calls for Unfettered Investigation Into Origins of COVID-19

Dr. Fauci's Preposterous Lie: "Attacks On Me Are Attacks On Science"

Watch: Fauci Declares Himself The Supreme Authority; ‘Attacking Me Is Attacking Science’

22,000 People Gather For Maskless Florida Concert as Fauci Fraud Exposed

Top GOP Lawmakers Demand Unredacted Fauci Emails, Want Him to Testify in Congress

Smoking gun: Wuhan collaborator Peter Daszak admits to developing “killer” coronaviruses with communist Chinese

No Bats or Pangolins Sold in Wuhan Wet Market: Oxford Research

Emails Reveal How Influential Articles That Established COVID-19 Natural Origins Theory Were Formed

Washington Post: Labeling Lab Leak as ‘Debunked Conspiracy Theory’ Was Wrong

Email Shows Researcher Who Funded Wuhan Lab, Admits Manipulating Coronaviruses, Thanked Fauci For Dismissing Lab-Leak Theory

Fauci’s Book ‘Scrubbed’ from Amazon, Barnes & Noble in Aftermath of Email Backlash

Former MI6 Head Warns China Will Have Had Lab Leak Evidence “Destroyed Or Made To Disappear”

In February 2020 Email, Fauci Wrote Face Masks “Not Effective in Keeping Out Virus”

Fauci Emails Reveal Damage Control Scramble After ZeroHedge Spotlights Man-Made COVID-19 Theory

Fauci Emails: COVID “Looks Engineered,” A Govt-Funded Immunologist Told Fauci in January 2020



But what is not being reported is that there is no specific test to date which can detect this ‘new’ hypothetical strain of coronavirus, instead they are testing for ANY strain of coronavirus which any of us could ‘carry’ at any time since we all are capable of housing hundreds of coronavirus strains, sick or healthy.

How convenient for them though, to be able to include anyone with COVID-19 symptoms in their official figures, even if they ‘only’ have a cold or a dose of flu.

All of which then begs the question, of what does the COVID-19 test actually consist? 

Interestingly, we assumed that due to Trump’s moratorium on incoming flights from Europe (now including the UK and Ireland) to the USA, that all flights would be cancelled. 

However, not so! Apparently flights are still taking place (at the time of writing anyway) but everyone entering the US is ‘screened for the virus’ on arrival. When we queried as to what ‘screening’ actually consisted of, we were told that it would simply be a ‘temperature check!’ How very scientific then! What they are actually saying in effect is that if anyone has a slightly high temperature then they will be refused entry on the grounds that they have, whether they agree or not, become a COVID-19 statistic!

It could also be (or maybe this is just a bonus for them) that they are testing what kind of response the world’s population will have if presented with a truly worldwide crisis of some kind



Related: Jacinda Ardern’s COVID Treason + Global Uprising Underway

And by that I mean, how easily would they be able to control us, if they decided to lockdown the entire world (again!) at some future date, for whatever reason? 

And one thing is almost certain and that is that if this ‘exercise’ goes the way they expect, they will more than likely use it again and again as we see constantly with other false flag events.


EMF (Electro-Magnetic Frequency) Sensitivity and a Clear Connection to 5G

The ‘virus’ may well also be connected to the proposed 5G wireless communications rollout – and quite frankly this is a distinct possibility. 


The city of Wuhan in China where the outbreak allegedly began in late 2019 was also (by pure coincidence, they tell us!) the epicenter of the large scale 5G rollout in China last year and in that city alone there are over 10,000 5G antennae emitting deadly 5G radiation which is proven to have extremely serious deleterious effects on human (and indeed all life form’s) health. 

These transmitters totally ‘bathe’ the entire Wuhan area in dangerous electromagnetic frequencies (EMF) and there is literally nowhere anyone can escape being assaulted by this deadly non-ionizing, millimeter wave radiation. 

Every cubic inch of the city in fact, is being permeated by these deadly waves.



Related: Advertising Watchdog Partially Upholds 5G Advertisement Claiming Wireless Tech Is Harmful & Wifi, 5G And EMF Pollution Can Cause Psychiatric Effects In Humans, Plus Spontaneous Abortions, Infertility And Cellular DNA Damage

But ‘waves’ in this case may be a bit of a misnomer since millimeter waves, unlike microwaves, function as ‘phased array’ antennas, which means they form beams of radiation, much like lasers and thus, like lasers can be precisely targeted at an object (or person) and so for 5G to reach vast areas, (as is intended), each ‘antenna’ must contain hundreds of beams of millimeter waves.

And since they are claimed to be (there is some debate on this topic) only capable of traveling short distances, the antenna need to be placed every 100 feet (and at street level) in order to form a functional network.  

Millimeter wave radiation, incidentally, (unlike microwave radiation used for 2G-4G communications tech – which incidentally is still a known carcinogen), has up until this point, only been used in weapons’ applications such as the ‘non-lethal’ crowd control weapon called ADS (‘Active Denial System’) which causes the victims’ skin to heat to the point of burning sensation and immediately flee as a result, can in some ‘rare’ cases cause skin blistering, and never been used or tested for communications applications and never had clinical testing done for human safety.

But we should not worry, since we are told by wireless industry leaders it is ‘perfectly harmless.’ 

Even if the virus exists at all, which we seriously doubt, then prolonged (or even short) exposure to 5G radiation will quickly and severely deplete our natural ability to resist any kind of new assault upon it, leaving the human body entirely vulnerable to any virus, bacteria or disease and with little ability to resist it.

Additionally, if there was some man-made microorganism/bio-weapon (or nanobot?) invented by Bill Gates, (or others), and could act in some lethal (non-contagious) manner, it’s possible that millimeter waves (or microwaves) could be used in conjunction with a bio-weapon as a delivery system to ‘activate’ it in some way by delivering it deeply into the body.



Related: The 5G War - Technology Versus Humanity & Letter To The FCC From Dr. Yael Stein MD In Opposition To 5G Spectrum Frontiers

Microwaves are already used in hospitals to aid in delivering drug therapies like chemo, since it causes the blood-brain barrier to become permeable and allow the toxin (normally blocked via this protective barrier) into the brain.

And it should be noted that 5G technology works in conjunction with 4G (microwave) technology so that each installation of 5G antennas includes the earlier 4G system as well, increasingly populations exposures to harmful microwaves as well as the new millimeter waves.

But it could also be that the ‘virus outbreak’ was originally designed to cover up the effects that 5G was having on the exposed populations and that they then saw an opportunity to ‘use’ it to further other agendas? 

After all we admit that the releasing of a bioweapon/patented ‘virus’ upon the world is not easily provable (if at all) and may even be a kind of diversion, giving ‘conspiracy theorists’ in particular something to sink their teeth into, all the while supporting the likely false mainstream ‘viral paradigm’ and focusing attention away from the more likely source of illness, the global 5G rollout.

By pure ‘coincidence’ the alleged symptoms of COVID-19 are virtually identical to those caused by 5G!  Yes, this is absolutely true, and we would urge you to further investigate this for yourselves.

All illness can be viewed as being tied directly to our environment (i.e. healthy environment = healthy humans). Disease (dis-ease) is a natural response to a toxin (invader) or imbalance of some kind in the body.



Related: Neonic Pesticides In Tap Water React With Chlorine To Create Hazardous Chemicals That Are 300 Times More Toxic & Toxic Aluminum Found In Popular Prescription Infant Formulas

We react to irritants (dust, pollen, chemicals- which include chemical hand sanitizers and other disinfectant chemicals currently being heralded as the solution to protecting from the ‘virus’) by way of increased mucous membrane secretions intended to push out the irritant/invader such as coughing, sneezing (to clear out sinuses), fever (to raise body temperature to the point which initiates sweating in order to push toxins out via sweat glands in our largest organ, the skin), diarrhea (to flush toxins from bowels), and vomiting (to remove toxins from the stomach); all supposed symptoms of the ‘coronavirus,’ and brought on any time we reach threshold levels of toxic exposures in our environment.

Thresholds, which will, vary from individual to individual, causing some to be more ‘susceptible’ (reactionary) than others.

Some call this reaction an appropriate immune response to a toxin, indicating a better ability for those bodies to detoxify when needed.

Those unable to respond appropriately to toxic overload end up with chronic conditions (often also deadly) like cancers.

For Shannon and millions of others like her (2-18% depending on the population varying by country’s levels of pollution – far greater numbers than purportedly affected by COVID-19) who carry the label of living with ‘EHS’ (Electro-Hyper-Sensitivity, aka Microwave Sickness/syndrome or EMS, Electro-Magnetic-Sensitivity) and ‘MCS’ (Multiple Chemical Sensitivity) or simply ‘EI’ (Environmental Illness) who do respond appropriately to toxic exposures, ‘self-isolating’ and practicing ‘social distancing’ have been their only means of coping and surviving in our currently EMR (Electromagnetic Radiation) and chemically saturated world, with levels particularly bad in areas of high population density such as in cities or any place where large numbers of people gather (yes more than the current allowable number of 10!). 



Related: 5G Wireless Technology Is War Against Humanity & 5G - The Global Human Experiment Without Consent

And often it only takes one person carrying a smart phone or with a Wi-Fi router in their home or wearing perfume/detergents or hand sanitizers to bring on flu-like symptoms for sensitive individuals.

Wearing a filtered facemask on a regular basis in public, practicing regular hand washing (with non-toxic soaps), fully showering after trips to town, and social avoidance, are the norm, not the exception, for these afflicted people.

All practiced, not out of fear of supposed pathogen transmissions, but in order to cope with coming into contact with toxic chemically laden environments and people.







Related: New peer reviewed study on COVID-19 vaccines suggests why heart inflammation, blood clots and other dangerous side effects occur

But even with millions living as EI refuges, self-isolating for not just weeks or months but for years, and even decades, have our governments done anything about this particular pandemic of Environmental Illness?

By their own definitions, more than 2% of a population affected by a condition exhibiting disease symptomology technically earns the epidemic (or pandemic as this is a world-wide problem) label and EHS & MCS both qualify under the World Health Organization as ‘functional impairments’ (disabilities), yet nothing is done to protect these growing populations of disenfranchised, tormented, suffering people; people who have lost livelihoods, family and friends who disbelieve or do not understand, who are in fact too ‘selfish’ (a label being tossed about in today’s current pandemic panicked climate for anyone noncompliant with the martial law restrictions we find ourselves suddenly subjected to) to give up use of wireless devices or chemical cleaners and personal care products in order to protect those afflicted.  

No-one is mandating the disabling of wireless routers and devices in public spaces and replacing Wi-Fi with Ethernet/wired internet connections, or dismantling/decommissioning cell towers, or banning toxic petrochemicals in an effort to protect them.

Governments and industry leaders (basically one and the same entity) and health protection organizations (like the WHO) are all perfectly aware of these conditions and the plight of millions and have been relentlessly petitioned by concerned educators, lawyers, scientists, medical professionals and those suffering with EI to make changes to protect suffering populations and our environment, but do nothing.



Related: NZ Government Propaganda: Dealing with false or misleading vaccine information in your workplace

What does this attitude tell you? As we mentioned earlier in this pixece, do you think they really care about us and some supposed virus threat?

And as the encroachment of wireless technology increases so too will the number of biologically appropriate reactive people.

But these reactions may easily be mislabeled as a viral infection response as they share identical symptoms. (Exposures to both EMF/microwave radiation and/or chemicals can cause headaches and migraines, brain fog, dizziness, nausea, fever, chest pain and coughing, insomnia, irregular heartbeat, sweating, disorientation, vomiting, muscle aches and pains, overall malaise, irritable bowel symptoms, and convulsions or seizures.) 

Is it really so surprising that the populations most affected by this so-called COVID-19 pandemic have been concentrated in areas of our world with the greatest amount of chemically polluted air and EMF radiation?

Is it a surprise that high numbers of people in Wuhan (neighbor city to Beijing, infamous for its horrendous air ‘quality’ so terrible it is a common occurrence to not be able to see the sun at mid-day through the black haze) would experience respiratory symptoms?

Top that off with the added 10,000 5G antennae in the past year and certainly you will see a rise in the number of symptomatic people.

And this sickness (‘virus’) is sure to ‘spread’ as the 5G rollout spreads across our world. Especially as billionaire Elon Musk’s tech company ‘SpaceX’ (an Orwellian name is there ever was one), continues to launch their 5G satellites into space.



Related: 5G Cell Phone Radiation: How The Telecom Companies Are Losing The Battle To Impose 5G Against The Will Of The People + French NGOs Demand Stop To ‘Out Of Control’ 5G Network

The program started in the autumn of 2019, with the launching of over 120 satellites and plan to add a total of 30,000 satellites within the coming years, with ‘minimal’ global service beginning once 420 satellites are in orbit, planned to commence as early as the end of February 2020.

To put this into perspective, prior to ‘SpaceX’s launches there were approximately 2,000 telecommunications satellites total in the Earth’s orbit. When the very first satellites were launched many people around the world fell ill. 

Scientist, author, and researcher, Arthur Firstenberg, organizer of ‘The international Appeal to Stop 5G on Earth and in Space,’ gives us a very clear picture of the dangers of this technology and what is in store for us if more satellites are permitted to launch:



Related: Wuhan Lab Researcher’s Wife Died of COVID-Like Illness in December 2019, Former Lead US Investigator Says


"On September 23, 1998, a company called ‘Iridium’ activated 66 satellites that it had launched into the ionosphere for global cell phone service.

On that morning, a majority of electrically sensitive people became suddenly ill, all over the world - so ill that many were not sure they would live.

For the next two weeks, birds were not flying in the sky. Homing pigeons got lost by the thousands, and the sport of pigeon racing never recovered.  Weekly mortality for the United States rose by four to five percent.

A second satellite phone service, Globalstar, began commercial service with only 48 satellites on February 28, 2000. Again came reports of nausea, headaches, leg pain, respiratory problems, depression, and lack of energy, all over the world, both from “electrically sensitive” people and from “normal” people.

Iridium emerged from bankruptcy and resumed satellite phone service on March 30, 2001. Again came reports of nausea, flu-like illness and feelings of oppression, as well as catastrophic losses of race horse foals, all over the world.

On June 5, 2001, Iridium added data and Internet to its satellite service. Again came widespread reports of nausea, flu-like illness, oppression, and hoarseness.

The reason for such a drastic effect from a small number of satellites is not the direct radiation on the surface of the Earth, but the pollution of the ionosphere with millions of pulsed signals.

This alters the Earth’s electromagnetic environment in which we all live, and pollutes the global electrical circuit that passes through every living thing, upon which we all depend for life and health.”

'Coincidentally’ the flooding of mainstream media with news of the virus outbreak is propped against the backdrop of the massive pushback against 5G technology with the first official global protests (including 200 participating countries) occurring on the same day, January 25, 2020.

And word is quickly spreading and evidence mounting that 5G and biometric systems are being installed in schools while children are forced to stay at home during the COVID-19 lockdown. 




Fauci Lied To Congress About Gain-of-Function Research





Related: Covid-19 Criminality





Many have seen, and even video-recorded towers and antennae being installed on school grounds during the quarantine. Fleets of suspicious white vans with logos linking them to Biometric companies have been parked outside of schools, entering empty buildings under the pretense of disinfection orders.

These are not just Internet rumors and ‘conspiracy theories.’ These claims are being verified and these actions documented.

Josh Del Sol, activist and filmmaker, famous for his documentary about smart meters, ‘Take Back Your Power,’ posted the following on his blog, March 21:


"Our concern is that 5G could be installed without our knowledge while we are grappling with the fallout of the COVID-19 pandemic, and that the installation of biometric systems could be a part of a more sinister agenda.

Namely, we are concerned that after the COVID-19 pandemic passes we will still be dealing with the repercussions of newly installed 5, biometric systems, thermal imaging cameras or even temperature guns to detect who MAY have COVID-19.

Even more worrisome is the idea of government-mandated vaccinations; and, for example, that only those who can prove they have received the COVID-19 vaccine (once it’s developed) will be allowed back to work, school, public parks, public transportation, etc.

This is even more worrisome when you consider that Bill Gates – a longtime proponent of vaccinations and population control recently stated: ‘Eventually we will have some digital certificates to show who has recovered or been tested recently or when we have a vaccine who has received it.’”


The Internet of Things and You

‘What could this ‘digital certificate’ possibly mean?’ asks Josh, as do we. It may be an electronic Nano-tattoo, which Gates himself is said to have invented, eerily called ‘ID2020’ which is in effect a digital microchip implanted under the skin and was already being pushed forward back in 2018 as a means to ID vaccinated kids in schools.

And this microchip RFID tag (similar to what is already being used to track wild animals and household pets), has the very real potential to be implemented as a federal mandate if it can see its way into any of the new ‘emergency funding’ bills, with any prior resistance easily overridden in the midst of a ‘health emergency.’ 

Getting micro-chipped (something which when previously proposed, the average person would have protested with an ‘over my dead body’ response), will be an easier sell in the current climate of panic, especially if it promises any kind of ‘return to normal’ for the masses.



Related: 5G And IoT: A Trojan Horse + Wifi Linked To Cancer And DNA Damage, Says New Report: Here’s What To Do

And up until now, many citizens have expressed concern over proposed 5G grids due to its enabling of increased surveillance and breaches of our constitutional rights to privacy.

5G along with AI (Artificial Intelligence)). And which tech giants have had trouble selling to the public. After all who really cares about remote controlled toilets and fridges?

But with the new virus pandemic scare they have the perfect excuse to push forward long planned-for increased surveillance technology on a resistant public.

In addition to the health concerns over 5G (and other wireless systems) of course is the concern over surveillance and breaches of our constitutional rights to privacy.

5G is supposed to power the ‘internet of things’ which effectively enables all of your household appliances to spy on you (and for citizens to be tracked in real time).

But with the new virus pandemic scare they have the perfect excuse to push forward long planned-for increased surveillance technology on a resistant public.

In Shannon’s rural community, her own local utility company is also taking advantage of the pandemic distraction to install the controversial ‘smart’ meters which her whole community fought against for nearly two years.



Related: What Do Smart Meters And Vaccinations Have In Common? + Another Vaccine Dump

Suddenly the utility workers are on the streets, seemingly untouched by quarantine laws, and when stopped have admitted their plans to smart-grid the whole valley within the next month.

The community residents, now heavily caught up in the pandemic panic, fail to notice they are sitting ducks and will not now protest or make much effort against the meter installations as they have ‘more pressing’ matters at hand.

All the while ignoring the thing they should be most afraid of, which can (unlike the virus hoax) actually harm and kill them.

And it can be guaranteed that the disease/‘virus’ is sure to ‘come back’ and in ‘full force’ after everyone returns to school and work with the new 5G installed, fully ignorant of reports like the one coming from Ripon, California, where a 5G antenna was removed from a primary school after parents began suspecting a link between the installation and a number of cancer cases at the school.


‘Spanish Flu’ Pandemic of 1918-1919

Of course, the ‘Spanish Flu’ is garnering new space in our collective psyche as it is being referenced as an example of just how bad things could get for us now and used as another excuse to add more bars to our growing collective prison. 

And this ‘flu’ was the first time any ‘flu’ (the ‘flu’ similar to ‘AIDS’ is a set of symptoms supposedly caused by several strains of different influenza viruses, although it used to be attributed to a bacteria and initially even thought to a be a German bio-weapon during the Spanish Flu outbreak) had taken over large numbers of populations.



Related: A Primer For The Propagandized: Fear Is The Mind-Killer & Whistleblower: Newspaper Industry Chiefs Criminally Negligent Over Covid Scaremongering

Previous to the Spanish Flu, flu was practically nonexistent. Arthur Firstenberg, connected the dots between the Spanish Flu outbreak of 1918 to EMF radiation exposures in his 2017 book ‘The Invisible Rainbow.’

Using epidemiological data, he makes a strong case for the ‘flu’ coming about as a direct result of exposures to newly introduced man-made (non-native to our environment and thereby also to our bodies) electromagnetic fields via electrification.

Prior to that year most of the world did not have an electrical grid and it was at that time when the ‘rollout’ of the electrical grid really gained momentum.

The ‘flu’ just happened to only ‘break-out’ in those countries that had just been electrified.

This is how it came to be ‘pandemic’ especially as Firstenberg astutely points out, in some cases there were no regular means of travel between affected countries on opposite sides of the earth and no possible way a pathogen like a virus could have spread so far so quickly.

Instead what these countries shared was the fact that their populations were now being ubiquitously exposed to an environmental toxin via the electricity newly introduced to their homes and cities.

And as John’s research for his book ‘The Falsification of History revealed, it was not the ‘flu’ that actually killed those millions who died but instead the treatment for the flu symptoms in the form of aspirin.



Related: Can EMF Make Us More Susceptible To Coronavirus Infection? & FCC Chair Commits To Enhancing WiFi/5G During Pandemic Despite Warnings From Experts + The First Report Of 5G Injury & Health Advocate Urges Nelson City Council To Halt 5G Roll-Out

As aspirin (manufactured by Bayer) had just come to market shortly before the outbreak and at the time had much laxer safe dosage recommendations than today, because no-one had any real idea as to what a safe dosage consisted of.

It is a known fact (and is listed under ‘side-effects’ on aspirin labels) that aspirin can cause pneumonia (amongst several other nasties) and it is pneumonia to which sick patients succumb and die, not actually from the ‘flu.’ 

During the Spanish Flu outbreak, it was only patients receiving allopathic medical intervention and being given high doses of aspirin who died, none of the patients who opted for treatment by homeopaths (traditional natural medicine doctors) died

But these are the kinds of statistics buried and hidden from general public knowledge. And now, in the wake of the current pandemic scare, it is near impossible to find statistical mortality data related to modern day flu cases.

Coincidence? Or does someone not want us to take notice of the fact that annual winter flu claims more lives than COVID-19 actually has so far?

Ever since the Spanish flu pandemic, the world has not been free from the grip of Influenza, which has accompanied the spread of electrification in the early 20th century and subsequent spread of radar, wireless technology grids throughout our world and satellites orbiting space, up until today.

Increasing in strength and reach each time new, artificial non-biological EMFs are added to our environments and cause our bodies to react in kind to this intrusion. 

The only reason it is seen to be ‘seasonal’ is because in winter we tend to have less exposure to natural beneficial forms of EMF (from the sun on our bare skins and earth under bare feet) and more exposure to artificial EMF (indoor lighting, electric heating, more time in front of computers, etc.) thereby increasing symptoms and weakening our immune systems. 



Related: China’s Massive Amount Of Immunotoxic 5G Networking And The Wuhan Coronavirus: The Emperor’s New Virus

And as we now carry our EMF radiating devices with us everywhere we go, even while outdoors, we see an increase in ‘summertime flu’ as well.

Now that the world seems to be under quarantine orders, in many cases people are confined to indoor environments with extreme restrictions on outdoor movements, severely limiting their ability to stay healthy and engage in self-care.

And we see our masters dictating to us what is considered an ‘essential good’ or ‘medicine.’ Amazon™ is now ‘prioritizing’ the sales of ‘essential’ goods and many other businesses are following suit, not merely because of public and social pressures, but because of government agency mandates.

The CDC, using the powers bequeathed them under ‘The Model State Emergency Health Powers Act’ drafted December 21, 2001 (in the wake of the last big scare used to subjugate the people of the world to new control measures; the World Trade Center attacks, aka ‘9/11’) they are allowed to place restrictions on sales of anything they deem ‘non-essential,’ are able to enforce quarantines, medication, hospitalizations, surveillance of suspected contagion carriers (very similar to suspected terrorists), road and building closures, dictate disposal of human remains, etc.

You can ‘bet your bottom dollar’ that natural medicines (herbal, homeopathic, vitamin supplements and maybe even organic foods) will not be listed as ‘essential’ or ‘medical’ by our masters. 

This is another benefit to the pharmaceutical industry (which has strong ties to the CDC) whose profits are being threatened by the renewed interest in ‘alternative’ (oftentimes actually ancient medicine, predating the disaster we now call ‘modern medicine’) holistic non-toxic medicines.  



Related: Why Does NZ Mainstream Media Constantly Miss the Point About Covid?

And it is also unsurprising that online blogs and other posts where authors offer alternatives to combat pathogens and build immunity to coronaviruses are coming under fire by our authorities and being shut down, even when well referenced with valid scientific citations. 

This information, and any other that goes counter to the establishment, related to the pandemic is being labeled as ‘fake news’ and a ‘threat’ to public health and safety. It is not hard to see the terrifying implications of this extreme curtailing of free speech and what may happen in the near future to those spreading this information.

Will critical thinking and attempts to uncover truth soon become an offense on par with treason and incur the same harsh penalties for treason or ‘terrorism’?

As of March 25, 2020 in the UK, the voted-in, far-reaching extra powers granted to the government amongst other measures, now allow for the ‘sectioning’ (compulsory committal to a mental health facility) of individuals deemed to be suffering mental health issues, to be sanctioned by one doctor only, whereas previously the signatures of two doctors were required! 

Why? And what connection to this ‘pandemic’ could that possibly have? Well, let’s see. Could it perchance be a way of countering the claims of those seeking the real truth? 

With only one doctor’s approval now required, how easy would it be for them to commit anyone who dares to question their actions, by appointing a ‘controlled’ (by them) doctor to endorse that committal on the flimsy grounds that anyone doubting the governments word on this (or anything) must be insane? 



Related: Texas Bans All Government Entities & Businesses From Requiring Proof of Vaccination

It may seem a fantastic notion, but this is exactly the way it worked in the Soviet Union in the 20th century. But we digress, slightly.

Dr. Thomas Cowan, MD, and author of several excellent alternative medicine books, speaking at the ‘Human Health and Rights’ summit in Tucson, Arizona, March 12, 2020, relates that the famous 19th century philosopher, Rudolph Steiner, when asked about the cause of the Spanish Flu, responded with, “Viruses are simply excretions of a toxic cell.” Cowan expounds with:


"Viruses are pieces of DNA or RNA with a few other proteins. They bug-out from the cell. They happen when the cell is poisoned. They are not the cause of anything.

And the first way I would encourage you to think about this is if you were a famous dolphin doctor and you’ve been studying dolphins in the Artic Circle for hundreds of years, or at least a long time, and they call you up saying, ‘Fred, all the dolphins, or a lot of the dolphins are dying in the Arctic Circle, can you come and investigate?’

And you have one question to ask, how many of you would say ‘I want to investigate the dolphin to see the genetic makeup of that dolphin’? Nobody. Because that is stupid. How many of you would say ‘I want to see if this dolphin and that dolphin has a virus because it might be contagious and that’s why all these dolphins are getting sick.’?

How many of you would say, ‘somebody put some shit in the water’… like Exxon Valdez? Anybody? Everybody. Because that’s what happened.

And the cells get poisoned, they try to purify themselves by excreting debris, which we call ‘viruses.’ … I had a dramatic example of this when I was growing up.

Right outside our house there was a wetlands and it was full of frogs and the frogs kept me up at night and in the spring they made a big racket, and over time the frogs were all gone. How many think the frogs had a genetic disease?

How many think the frogs had a virus? How many think somebody put DDT into the water? That’s what happened. (DDT in the water) Diseases are poisonings.

So what happened in 1918 (with the Spanish Flu)? With every pandemic in the last 150 years there was a huge, quantum leap in the electrification of the earth.

In 1918 there was the introduction of radio waves around the world. Whenever you expose any biological system to a new electromagnetic field, you poison it, you kill some and the rest go into a kind of suspended animation, so interestingly they live a little bit longer and sicker.


Not a Pandemic Virus but a Pandemic of Testing

Researcher and author, David Crowe’s March 14, ‘GreenMedinfo’ article, ‘Does the 2019 COVID-19 Exist’ shares compelling evidence to call into question not just the existence of the supposed COVID-19 virus but the reliability of the RNA testing being used to determine the number of infected cases.

He makes the point that when countries stop testing for COVID-19, then there will be no more new cases.  “The definition, which assumes perfection from the test, does not have the safety valve that the definition of SARS did, thus the scare can go on until public health officials change the definition or realize that the test is not reliable.”

So really this pandemic can go on as long as ‘they’ want it to.  It is a classic case of ‘the Emperor has no clothes.’



Related: The COVID-19 RT-PCR Test: How To Mislead All Humanity - Using A “Test” To Lock Down Society + Former Pfizer Science Officer Reveals Great COVID-19 Scam

Does the virus even exist? David shares his viewpoint:


"What I learned from studying SARS, the previous big coronavirus scare, after the 2003 epidemic, was that nobody had proved a coronavirus existed, let alone was pathogenic.

There was evidence against transmission, and afterwards, negative assessments of the extreme treatments that patients were subjected to, the nucleoside analog antiviral drug Ribavirin, high-dose corticosteroids, invasive respiratory assistance, and sometimes oseltamivir (Tamiflu).” 

We should definitely be much less worried about being infected with an unproven virus than we should be afraid of the treatments those displaying symptoms may be (and are being) subjected to

There are reports circulating of experimental anti-viral drugs being used on hospital quarantined patients (and when they die from treatment they can claim they succumbed to the virus) and now rumors in the mainstream media that controversial (quite dangerous) antimalarial drugs (Chloroquine) may be effective in treating COVID-19.  

In fact, President Trump came under fire on March 23rd 2020, after three people were hospitalized in Nigeria from drug overdoses of Chloroquine, having self-medicated with the drug after Trump publicly and repeatedly touted, without evidence, the possibility of using the antimalarial drug for treatment of COVID-19.

The Nigerian government is now urgently warning its citizens to not self-medicate with unproven treatments.



Related: The Universal Antidote – Chlorine Dioxide Documentary


The Trouble With RNA Tests

David Crowe opines that the world is;


"…suffering from a massive delusion based on the belief that a test for RNA is a test for a deadly new virus, a virus that has emerged from wild bats in China, supported by the western assumption that Chinese people will eat anything that moves.”

We are so conditioned to be lured in by fairytales that we quickly fall for stories of evil, deadly viruses lurking deep inside bat caves, just like the stories we are told about the origins of life emanating from ‘deep sea vents,’ and other such fantasies, which currently pass as ‘science.’ 

The bat cave origin for the COVID-19 story we found in a March 11 article from the ‘respected’ (read - ‘industry-funded’), ‘Scientific American,’ titled ‘How China’s “Bat Woman” Hunted Down Viruses from SARS to the New COVID-19’ with the tagline reading ‘Wuhan-based virologist Shi Zhengli has identified dozens of deadly SARS-like viruses in bat caves, and she warns there are more out there’

Oh no, there are ‘more out there!’ Be very scared everyone, this is not the end to the threat; the bat caves are harboring more sinister viruses which could be released on an unsuspecting public at any time!



Related: Professor: Historians Will Look Back On Lockdowns As ‘Most Catastrophic Event Of All Human History’

But not only can viruses originate in deep, dark bat caves, we are told they are also being birthed in the ‘wet markets’ of China as presented in the Netflix ‘documentary’ November 2019 film ‘Pandemic,’ the narrator engages our imagination with the following:


“This is a wet market in the Lianghua, China. Unlike markets in much of the West, where animals are already dead when they arrive, this wet market sells meat that’s very fresh. It’s killed on sight. That’s what makes it a disease factory… All the while their viruses are mixing and mutating, increasing the odds that one finds its way to humans.”

Wow! ‘Mixing and mutating’ sound very scary and oh so scientific!  Why would fresh meat harbor more pathogens than long dead meat? It is totally illogical and certainly plays off of our prejudicial attitudes about those weird bat-eating Asians while preserving our belief in Western ways as being superior and more civilized than those in the East.

But back to the trouble with testing, Crowe continues with:

 “If the virus exists, then it should be possible to purify viral particles. From these particles RNA can be extracted and should match the RNA used in this test. Until this is done it is possible that the RNA comes from another source, which could be the cells of the patient, bacteria, fungi, etc.

There might be an association with elevated levels of RNA and illness, but that is not proof that the RNA is from a virus. Without purification and characterization of virus particles, it cannot be accepted that an RNA test is proof that a virus is present.

This strange new disease, officially named COVID-19, has none of its own symptoms. Fever and cough, previously blamed on uncountable viruses and bacteria, as well as environmental contaminants, are most common, as well as abnormal lung images, despite those being found in healthy people.

Yet, despite the fact that only a minority of people tested will test positive (often less than 5%), it is assumed that this disease is easily recognized. If that was truly the case, the majority of people routed for testing by doctors should be positive.

The COVID-19 test is based on PCR, a manufacturing technique. When used as a test it does not produce a positive/negative result, but simply the number of cycles required to detect genetic material.

The division between positive and negative is an arbitrary number of cycles chosen by the testers.

IF positive means infected and negative means uninfected, then there are cases of people going from infected to uninfected and back to infected again in a couple of days.”

One reader’s response to Crowe’s article succinctly summed up the situation at hand:

“Everyone is operating in fear.

  • The doctors are afraid of public opinion if they just send symptomatic people home to drink hot tea and eat garlic.
  • The lab techs are worried that if they don’t count even negatives as positives, then they might get sued or lose their jobs if someone dies.
  • The medical establishment is afraid to step away from the status quo ‘medical remedies’ of hand sanitizers/steroids/supplemental oxygen/inhalers because if they DO create doubt in the public mind about these “sanctioned” treatments, people might just get too smart and then they might sue their doctors for aggressively and invasively treating something that might have been better served with chicken soup.
  • Nobody wants to be a high profile, public naysayer (and good on David Crowe’s head for speaking out!) because they are afraid of public opinion, litigation, and censure from those in high places.

It’s a huge panic bubble, and the principalities of this world must be having a heyday watching everyone scramble around in out-of-control paranoia.”

During the infamous Spanish Flu pandemic, Dr. Joseph Goldberger working for the US public health services, wishing to establish proof of contagious human-to-human transmission for the ‘Spanish Flu’ conducted a large-scale experiment involving one hundred volunteer prisoners.

The prisoners participating in the experiment were promised reduced sentences in exchange for their help in the study. The healthy prison volunteers were subsequently exposed to mucous secretions of extremely sick, terminally ill prisoners. Secretions were swabbed into their nostrils and in their throats.



Related: The Top Four Reasons Why Many People, Doctors And Scientists Refuse To Take The COVID Vaccine & A New Zealand Doctor Speaks Out Against COVID Policies

They were exposed to coughing and sneezing in their faces. They were even injected with bacteria from the sick patients. Yet not a single one of them fell ill in the slightest and thus Dr. Goldberger had to admit failure.

There are in fact many other such examples of similar experiments with all of them resulting in failure to prove diseases to be contagious leading many researchers in the field (such as Crowe) to disbelieve the ‘infectious myth’ all modern medicine is now based upon.

Take that myth away and the house of cards that is our current medical establishment falls to the ground. 

And yet even though this supposedly ‘new’ coronavirus displays none of its own unique symptoms and ‘fever’ is open to interpretation depending on the beliefs of individual health practitioners.

There is no universal definition for ‘fever,’ as Crowe points out in his article, for SARS “a fever was defined as 38C even though normal body temperature is considered to be 37C (98.6)”), temperature is being used to signal out suspected viral cases.” (This in spite of the fact that some people will run higher normal temperatures than others especially if they have medical conditions such as hyperthyroidism.)

And in spite of these problems with using body temperature as a litmus test, airports all over the world have now installed or are installing infrared body temperature scanners or airport personnel are individually taking passengers temperatures.

If your temperature happens to be a little high you may be subject to medical detention for further testing, or denied passage, deported or quarantined.

Yet President Trump was quoted as stating that the virus should ‘burn itself out’ by early-mid April because there will be warmer weather and viruses cannot survive the increased heat.  (Trump had also first declared the virus a ‘hoax’ before he was presumably pressured politically to change his attitude and ‘play ball’ if he hopes to win re-election.)



Related: From 2018: Remember The Pandemic That Was Going To Wipe Out Humanity? We’re Still Here

And some ‘experts’ have backed up this claim, stating we may see a drop-off in cases with a change in seasons but also stating that this means the virus could come back again in the fall or winter and with a vengeance (as with the shark in the ‘Jaws’ movies, ‘this time it’s personal!’).

But this begs several questions; if the virus can be killed off by heat/increased temperatures shouldn’t we welcome and encourage fever in sick patients?

Also, shouldn’t we just then treat patients with saunas or even those among us who could be carriers with sauna therapy?

And how does this explain the spread of the ‘virus’ throughout the world, in countries like Australia where it was still summer when the outbreak occurred or in the tropics where it is hot year round? 


‘Hidden in Plain Sight'...

…reads the headline of a NY Times Op-Ed propaganda piece (they are nothing if not persistent, not a day goes by that our lords and masters do not disperse their fear mongering), tells us that ‘new studies show’ more asymptomatic people could be carriers of the virus and responsible for spreading it ‘more than was previous supposed’… no facts or data or even names of scientists and their mysterious studies to back up these claims.

However even with the media infecting us with their lies about asymptomatic carriers (used as excuses to be sure none of us walk the streets a free people during this worldwide lockdown), hospitals offering free testing for COVID-19 will only test those demonstrating symptoms. 

This is to ensure that the public does not become suspicious of the test results.

With 70-80% likelihood of false positive test results it would soon become apparent to the general public that something is amiss when growing numbers of healthy people test positive yet never display symptoms and never infect anyone who comes into contact with them



Related: Joe Rifici: With Middle Earth Under Covid Siege - Is NZ the ‘Ring Bearer’? Will We Scour Our Shire?

With sick people testing positive (even if a small percentage) they can support their viral paradigm (or ‘theory,’ which is all it is, a theory) that the virus causes the sickness even though the virus was never isolated (or purified) and no clinical trials were performed and Koch’s postulate was ignored.

(Koch’s postulate (criteria set by German bacteriologist Robert Koch in the late 1800s, and which is supposed to be used today in order to establish disease including viral disease) requires that the virus/pathogen be purified and that clinical trials are conducted (on animals) by exposing them to the pathogen and verifying that the same illness is produced in each case.  This postulate has been ignored.)

The key here is to keep the belief in the public’s mind that the virus is real, and very contagious. The conclusion that this particular virus is so very contagious derives from assumptions based on a need to explain why people who did not come in close contact with one another became infected.

‘Because there was no close contact and the individuals displayed similar symptomology and we believe the virus is the cause, therefore the virus must then be very contagious, can live on surfaces for days or weeks, etc.’ This is circular logic and thus belief based, not hard scientific fact.

If the general public ever gets wind of this incredible hoax to which we have all been subjected in the past weeks and months, imagine the backlash and the loss of faith in our institutions and leaders? 



Related: Washington Post Becomes Latest Media Outlet To Walk Back "Debunked Conspiracy Theory" Wuhan Lab Leak Coverage

And the incredible anger and upset over loss of jobs, livelihoods, income, in some cases homes, shelter and lives due to the panic and insane decisions our leaders have made in order to ‘protect us’ from an unproven nonexistent threat.

The real threat then is not the fake virus but our rulers. The truth simply must not come to light and must be obfuscated at all costs.


Robot, Good - Human, Bad

The COVID-19 outbreak is at its core a Transhumanist agenda serving to influence humanity into viewing itself as a pathogen, a plague upon the earth, in much need of correction and control. 

Transhumanists believe that it is inevitable that humans merge with machine and that this transformation is somehow necessary for our own good and survival as well as that of our planet and also part of a ‘natural’ process they call ‘evolution.’

The pandemic scare helps to further this agenda by removing obstacles to the necessary (to ‘their’ goal) global 5G grid, pushing forward human microchip IDs and use of emergency relief funding to further develop and implement AI technology and robots to meet the rising demand for aid to hospital workers and in the workplace at large.

In other words, while we stay sequestered in our homes the robots can take over.



Related: The Transhumanist Agenda And The [Attempted] Future Of Humanity

SpaceX founder/futurist tech guru, Elon Musk, while standing to profit immensely from Artificial Intelligence and related 5G technologies (as previously mentioned, being the driving force behind the irradiation of our atmosphere via many thousands of 5G satellites), oddly is known for his outspokenness against AI, continually warning us of its dangers.

His motivation, it would appear, in igniting our fear of AI, is also linked to transhumanist agendas. Musk warns us that AI will soon surpass human intelligence thereby making humans obsolete in many job markets and then presents us with his ‘solution’ to this dilemma.

Namely, that humans connect themselves with artificial intelligence (via the AI-powered 5G ‘cloud’ enabled in large part by Musk’s own ‘SpaceX’) by way of microchip implants into our brains!  We are really not making this up!


Humans Are a Virus

Our elite masters do not view the masses as ‘human’ at all. They believe themselves to be the only true humans and the rest of us cattle or some kind of genetic mutation.

However, the reverse is closer to the truth since our leaders do not demonstrate truly human traits such as empathy and love. 



Related: Recap of the Covid Situation

And they themselves are responsible for designing and implementing the ecologically destructive systems in which we find ourselves imprisoned, though they love to cast the blame for ecological disasters on ‘we the people.'

Alien ‘Agent Smith’ from ‘The Matrix’ movies, possibly representational of our non-human (or sub-human) psychopathic leaders, tells us exactly what our leaders think of humanity; nothing more than a virus or scourge.


"I’d like to share a revelation that I’ve had during my time here. It came to me when I tried to classify your species and I realized that you’re not actually mammals.

Every mammal on this planet instinctively develops a natural equilibrium with the surrounding environment but you humans do not.

You move to an area and you multiply and multiply until every natural resource is consumed and the only way you can survive is to spread to another area.

There is another organism on this planet that follows the same pattern. Do you know what it is?

A virus. Human beings are a disease, a cancer of this planet. You’re a plague and we are the cure.”

And at another point in the film he says:


"I’m going to be honest with you. I hate this place, this zoo, this prison, this reality, whatever you want to call it. I can’t stand it any longer. It’s the smell, if there is such a thing.

I feel saturated by it. I can taste your stink, and every time I do I fear that I have somehow been infected by it. It’s repulsive! Isn’t it?“

So, we the unwashed masses, ‘stink’ and are ‘infectious’ and ‘carriers’ of all manner of disease and pathogens.

We carry this stigma. But machines do not. (However, it is totally overlooked that the use of these machines cause illness and even death due to the toxic EMFs and chemicals to which they expose humanity and that the manufacturing of them causes severe degradation to our environment.)

In fact, these ‘benign’ and ‘intelligent’ machines are portrayed as ‘helping’ us as can be seen in videos of robots admitting patients in Wuhan hospitals found on YouTube.

And technology (esp. wireless) as aiding us in carrying on with work, school and socially while under quarantine.


What is Informed Consent?

Consent given by a competent individual who:

Has received the necessary information

Has adquately understood the information

After considering the information, has arrived at a decision without having been subjected to coercion, undue influence or inducement, or intimidation


Related: Don’t Be Stupid – Inform Your Decisions


‘We Live in Zoom Now’



Related: Utopia Predictive Programming

With this new forced social isolation our right to assembly under constitutional law has been stripped away and now meeting only in the virtual reality is becoming the accepted form of human-to-human interaction.

A New York Times March 22nd 2020 article announced, ‘We Live in Zoom Now- Zoom is where we work, go to school and party these days.’  We are being pushed into ‘meeting’ on a virtual platform (which has the added benefit for our masters of recording all of our conversations during these meetings) as our only means of socializing. 

Even some in isolated rural communities such as the one in which Shannon now lives are heralding the advantages of ‘meeting on Zoom’ and suggests we all ‘meet’ there in lieu of any in-person meetings, even when we are still legally permitted to gather in groups with ten persons or less.

Increasingly (under the NWO orders) we are being denied physical contact with other humans, which is a basic human need (and thus right) but this need is treated as if it can be replaced with virtual contact and that virtual contact is its equal when it is most definitely not.




Video: W.H.O. Advisor Says China Engaged In “Massive Cover-Up” Of COVID Outbreak





Related Articles:


Covid-19 ORIGINS revealed: Vaccine spike proteins are Chinese military bioweapons designed to kill

Yet Another Scientific Study Concludes COVID Is Likely Lab Engineered

Scientist Who Emailed Fauci About COVID-19 Being ‘Potentially Engineered’ Deactivates Account

Former CDC Director Received Death Threats From Scientists for Supporting Wuhan Lab Leak Theory

Virologists Say Genetic "Fingerprints" Prove COVID-19 Man-Made, 'No Credible Natural Ancestor'

Pompeo Confirms Intense Opposition to Wuhan Lab Probe From State Department, Intelligence Bureaucracies




And now under the COVID19 laws, gatherings of first more than 500, then 200, then 30 and now, incredibly, 10 (with numbers changing daily it would seem), is considered and treated as a criminal offense and as such carries harsh penalties and criminal punishments.

But nary a mention of 5G or other carcinogenic hazardous EMF radiation as being criminal. (Even though many millions, including the authors, argue that this vast experiment being carried out on the world’s population is in fact criminal in the extreme) and (as mentioned previously) certainly no mandates are ordered to halt or reduce exposures to wireless radiation while it is considered a criminal offense instead for victims of forced ‘smart’ meters and soon to be forced 5G antennas on their homes and properties to refuse the above, even and especially on the grounds of health concerns.


A New Type of War

The ‘War on Terror’™ has been a failure in the eyes of our elitist masters. It has fallen short of the mark in realizing their New World Order wet dreams and it has failed to instill enough fear in the people of the earth and bring them to give up all of their liberties and submit to one-world governance. 


Hence the need for a new threat, one that is not limited to small groups of people or demographics as was the case with ‘terrorists.’  

And with a ‘contagion’ anyone could be a threat (carrier), anyone, infants, elderly, or your neighbor’s dog.

It is indiscriminate, can affect any race, ethnicity, or gender. (And as of March 23rd, we are told ‘might’ even be airborne!)

However discrimination against marginalized people (homeless, and others without means to comply with quarantine/social distancing orders) defiant people (those who refuse to buy into the NWO propaganda, or who understand the science to be faulty), and the elderly (those who are under stricter containment laws for ‘their own protection’) will prevail.



Related: The New mRNA COVID Vaccines Inject An Operating System Into Your Body - Not A Conspiracy Theory, Moderna Admits It & Open Letter to NZ MPs - Lockdown Is A Disastrous Error

And now in the UK, police are being given ‘greater powers’ to enforce lockdown because too many people are ‘flouting’ the ‘social distancing’ guidelines.

The new powers allow them to set up roadblocks and checkpoints, and to arrest lockdown offenders. One of the more ludicrous headlines on the BBC homepage read, “Coughing on Emergency Workers to Be Punishable by Jail.” 

And on the other side of the ‘pond’ in the United States, Oregon state’s Governor announced that she did not want “…to HAVE to arrest people” when addressing the issue of the people not complying with quarantine measures. 

All this is happening right now in our ‘free’ ‘democratic’ nations!




Related: What Is The Real Purpose Of The Lockdowns? + How A False Hydroxychloroquine Narrative Was Created


Is this World War III? 

Never before, certainly not since WWII, have world governments had this much carte blanche to restrict the freedoms of the people. (Curfews, severe travel restrictions, quarantines, military roadblocks, etc.)

While we are forced indoors, our invisible wireless radiation prison will continue to be erected with extra billions in ‘emergency’ funding from the US government allocated for ‘medical surveillance’ technology and 5G being covertly installed in now empty schools as students are forced to study from home, and 5G boxes placed outside our homes to spy on and sicken us.

During the 9-11 (so-called) ‘terrorist attack’ scare, flights were only grounded for one day and even that rocked the world and had the people in shock and awe.

But with this latest pandemic scare, flights worldwide are grounded for weeks and months (However it is interesting to note this moratorium on flights does not seem to have curtailed the constant ‘chemtrail’ aerosol spraying from jets crisscrossing our skies on a daily basis.

And now that COVID-19 is being described as a possible ‘aerosol,’ could the virus be used as a cover-up for when more people become sick from toxic aerosol spraying of our planet?)



Related: Watch: Experts Call For Nuremberg 2.0 Following COVID Crimes Against Humanity


Depopulation Agenda

On social media COVID-19 has been nicknamed the ‘boomer remover’ because the segment of our population of over 60s known as ‘baby-boomers’ is being singled out as ‘high-risk’ for the virus.

Under the guise of ‘protecting’ the more vulnerable, those over 70 are being shut- in, removed from human contact, and denied freedom to go out of doors.

Shannon’s friend’s mother at a nursing home in Missouri is an example of one of the countless such shut-ins. Now a prisoner, confined to only her room over a week now, she cannot have visitors or go out of doors, or even leave her room, but she is permitted to use a cell phone to make calls to family members.

With nothing else to do but use cell phones and watch TV in chemically toxic dangerously high-EMF environments our seniors are sure to succumb to the effects of both social isolation (social contact often being the only thing previously keeping nursing home residents alive) and increased toxic chemical and EMF exposures.



Related: Genetics Are The New Eugenics: How GMO’s Reduce The Human Population
& This Major Report On GMO Safety Has Just One Small Problem: Undisclosed Conflicts Of Interest


And when they do succumb, the authorities can say it was to the virus and that our ‘efforts’ were not enough, and next time need to be more stringent!  

If there is a targeted depopulation agenda aimed at removing the most ‘useless’ of we ‘useless eaters,’ aka those living on pensions and social security, it will be successful, not due to a fake virus, but because of increased and forced exposures to EMF radiation, chemicals and social isolation.

In Shannon’s rural community of about 100 people spread out over a distance of 20 miles with most residents living on acreage (4-150 acres each) with the nearest neighbor often up to a mile away, still community members are panicking.



Related: Eleven Common Symptoms Of The Global Depopulation Slow Kill

This, in large part, because the mean resident age is over 60 and because they trust the authorities and ‘official’ sources of news.

This has led to serious discussions on the email list-serve about everything from hoarding toilet paper (one member bought a case of 96 rolls online to share with neighbors after finding the local Wal-Mart shelves empty), the need to use hand sanitizer liberally and the recent rash of thefts of bottles of such hand sanitizers from cars in town, getting flu shots, availability of free testing (which everyone seems to be clamoring for), self-imposed quarantines and social-distancing (canceling all local gatherings even though they rarely see more than 20 in attendance), setting up check-points along the main road (this later was said to be a joke but many members had believed it and thought it a good idea), and using the community center to house sick patients. 

Shannon did her best to dispel the mainstream myths and fear, pointing to lack of evidence of veracity of COVID-19 claims, but her voice was drowned out amidst the cacophony of establishment-backed hysteria. 

One would think that in such an isolated rural wilderness community 25 miles from the nearest town there would be some sense of safety, calm and security and distance from the panic, but this just proves how powerful massive amounts of propaganda can be, particularly in our digitally connected world.

Measures to control the entire world’s population to this level would not have been possible without our current level of constant connectivity.



Related: Depopulation Through Forced vaccination: The Zero Carbon Solution


The Real Death Toll

As millions ‘raid’ grocery stories, clamoring to hoard food and supplies in anticipation of increased lockdown measures and prolonged quarantines, it is the masses of impoverished, homeless or otherwise disenfranchised, unable to afford food stockpiling or even have access to a storage space, who will suffer the most and possibly die from lack of access to basic life necessities.

There may be mass starvation of millions, and death by exposure in extreme climates for those unable to find adequate shelter when forced to ‘shelter in place.’ 

This not long ago in India a population of 1.3 billion people were given less than four hours notice for a three week lockdown, leaving millions stranded, without jobs or income, without access to food, some report being physically beaten for doing their jobs under lockdown, thousands of migrant workers flee the cities attempting to make their way back to their home villages, with at least one dead from attempting to walk the 168 mile journey to his home.



Related:
Indian Bar Association serves legal notice to chief WHO scientist for misinformation on ivermectin

And what will happen to the millions of EI refugees living from their vehicles, wholly reliant on access to public campgrounds in state and federal parks, most of which are closed? 

And what of the loss of life due to heightened suicide rates as the social isolation, loss of employment and hope for a brighter future take its toll?  

When the dust settles, if it is ever allowed to settle (and with March 28th 2020 BBC headlines reading ‘The Birth of Quarantine Culture’ and ‘10 TV Shows to Watch in Isolation’ and the like, we can get a very accurate idea of what our masters have in store for us), statistics will prove that far more deaths occurred due to extreme police state lockdown measures than any supposed ‘COVID-19’ ever did.




Voices For Freedom Chats With Dr Sucharit Bhakdi





Related: WHO Chief Scientist Accused of Suppressing Evidence that Ivermectin Cures Covid





Big Brother is Watching

Social pressure to properly perform ‘social distancing’ is creating a truly Orwellian nightmare with constant messages circulating on ‘what to do if your friends and family are not ‘on board.’

‘Big brother’ manifests as friends and family reporting your ‘misbehavior’/non-compliance for your own good.

Online daily articles pop-up on our home pages geared at ‘helping us’ learn ‘social distancing,’ in essence they serve to further social engineering agendas by teaching the scripted behavior modification necessary for the transformation of a democratic society into a dictatorship.

Here is but one example out of many such nauseating pieces, this from the ‘respected’ Globalist propaganda machine otherwise known as ‘The Guardian’ entitled ‘An Expert Guide to Social Distancing - and What to Do If Friends and Family Aren’t Onboard  – Experts say avoiding close contact is the key to slowing COVID-19- but what if you live with someone who’s throwing caution to the wind?’



Related: The COVID-19 Attack on the Integrity of Knowledge

The author of this drivel lists many quotes from ‘experts’ dispensing their sage advice. One of the most offensive quotes comes from Dr. Arthur L Caplan:


"Right now, mental health has to take a secondary place. Stay indoors, stay away from others as much as you can, and get your food delivered.

Minimize your trips out for medicine or to the grocery store. Bring your hand sanitizer and use it all the time. Don’t shake hands.

Don’t us paper money. Get ready to do a lot of television watching. You should call your shut-in parents and so forth.”

The agenda is crystal clear. In other words, our emotional and mental wellbeing do not matter (nor has it ever mattered) to our masters. 

They would like nothing better than for us to stay indoors away from life giving energies from our sun, air and earth. 

They want us to constantly poison ourselves with toxic petrochemicals, eat lots of take-away junk foods and binge-watch television (to keep the programming in place) and only maintain contact with loved ones via the use of technologies. 

And, perhaps most significantly, to dispense with the use of paper currency, which has been an unmet goal of the global elite for some time now.

But with this new excuse, now backed by the WHO also suggesting the end of paper currency (since it can be contaminated with viruses!), this goal may be nearing fulfillment, further enslaving the masses by cutting off any chances of using untraceable, tax-free currency.



Related: COVID-19 And The War On Cash: What Is Behind The Push For A Cashless Society? & Will COVID-19 Break Our Cash Habit?

But more importantly, once all forms of money are digital only, we lose our ability to directly possess and control our own wealth, making it simple for any one of us to lose everything with one swipe of a keystroke if we disobey orders from our leaders, exactly as has been witnessed with the ‘social credit’ system which has been recently implemented in China. 

Caplan doesn’t stop there, when asked what to do if ‘my partner or roommate is not practicing social distancing’ he continues to lay out the agenda with the following:


"Do your best to socially distance. Maybe don’t sleep in the same bed? Minimize sexual contact. Don’t share toothbrushes.

Try to use separate things. You don’t want to be hugging and kissing… You might not want to share the same forks and knives… that kind of thing. . If they won’t go along, get away.”

Non-compliant individuals are to be socially punished and loving close relationships and family come second to the demands of the state. Caplan and his ilk do not want we peasants hugging and kissing. But who is this Caplan anyway?

Interestingly Art Caplan, a ‘bioethicist’ (whatever the hell that is supposed to be!) was written about in ‘The Atlantic,’ in a prophetic December 20, 2016 article ‘How a Pandemic Might Play Out Under Trump’.



Related: Does the PCR Test Affect the Pineal Gland? Humans and “Transhumans”. Dr. Astrid Stuckelberger

The ‘article’ (nothing more than another sickening propaganda piece) begins with listing all of the major ‘pandemic’ outbreaks in recent decades (other less successful hoaxes than our current one; Swine Flu, MERS, Ebola, and the Zika virus) and how US presidents responded to those crises, then goes on to speculate about a possible future pandemic under Trump’s administration.


"As Donald Trump prepares to become America’s 45th President in January 2017, the question isn’t whether he’ll face a deadly outbreak during his presidency, but when? And more importantly how will he cope?

And here is where our friend Dr. Caplan shares his amazingly clairvoyant predictions:


"Bioethicist Art Caplan from the New York University School of Medicine envisages a quick slide towards isolation and authoritarianism.

In a blog post that can only be described as pandemic fan-fiction, he imagines that a lethal mutant strain of H7N9 flu emerges in China and spreads to America.

A hypothetical President Trump responds with a quick succession of moves: he seals the borders with Canada and Mexico; he quarantines sick Americans: he declares martial law, builds detention-style camps for quarantine-defiers, and uses epidemic conspiracies to launch a trade war with China.”

As we have witnessed in the last months, this nightmare dystopian scenario has nearly played out in full. Let’s just hope he wasn’t completely on the mark in every aspect and that all is not yet lost.

Science is the new religion of the NWO (New World Order) and its dogma is dictating international policy, which is policed by authorities and the people themselves. (The people self-policing often even without any external prompting, is the telling symptom of a true police state.)

Those who are non-compliant and non-believing are seen as a threat to the rest, much like the ‘witches’ of old.

And accompanying anger and outrage is being directed at those who choose to simply hug one another and not spray themselves and their homes with chemicals, such is the strength of the superstitions driving the prejudice.



Related: Orwell’s 1984 No Longer Reads Like Fiction - It’s The Reality Of Our Times & The Propaganda Ministry Known As “The Free Press”

A prejudice which in Ecuador has led to locals setting up their own roadblocks and asking police to perform immigration checks on the ‘Gringo’ expat community of Vilcabamba.

They are outraged that the more enlightened foreigners are not taking the ‘pandemic’ threat more seriously and tensions are rising. 

Apparently a simple act like someone sitting in a park with no apparently urgent business being attended to, or not wearing a mask or gloves, is causing offense and igniting fear.

Everyone is being asked to stay at home and even to stay inside unless they absolutely have to go out. 

But most alarming is the latest news of this escalating situation related in this Vilcabamba forum posting from March 22nd:


“The locals are now FURIOUS with foreigners who are not complying with the quarantine laws. They are saying many foreigners are doing the following:

- Walking in town barefoot

- Not wearing masks

- Walking their dogs

- Riding their bikes 

The locals see those people as a potential carrier of COVID-19 and infecting the entire community (even though it is high probability that is not happening).

The locals are now responding with the following:

1.- Taking pictures and videos of anyone in town

2. Submitting those pictures to the authorities

3. Requesting the authorities arrest and imprison anyone who is out

4. They are now profiling people and taking notes, pictures and videos so they can take matters into their own hands when the time is right.

The tensions are now at a point where they can easily get out of control and it could become directed to all foreigners.. even those of us who are trying to cooperate.

PLEASE COMPLY WITH THE LOCAL PEOPLE’S DESIRE FOR EVERYONE TO NOW REMAIN IN THE HOUSE AT ALL TIMES, INCLUDING THE LEGAL CURFEW STARTING AT 7PM.”

Why would sitting outside be dangerous to anyone if ‘social distancing’ is being practiced, and if you live on acreage and near wilderness (which is actually the case for that small mountain Ecuadorian village)?

Can we no longer indulge in simple pleasures; are we all under house arrest, having become criminals overnight; enemies of the state?

In the fast approaching dystopian future will our every movement be monitored and assessed not just by authorities, but by our own neighbors?

Will enjoyment of the natural world, leisure activities, contact with our friends, families and pets all be luxuries, privileges we must earn through servitude to our lords and masters instead of basic human rights? 

This seems a very real possibility if the predictions highlighted in the MIT Review article we referenced earlier in this article come to pass (and we sincerely hope they do not!).




Vaccines, Lies and Smears





Related: Natural News statement on vaccine refusal, freedom of choice, due process and human rights



Panicked people are easy to control. They panic-buy, increasing profit margins for some businesses a hundredfold while others have to ‘fold’ as they are forced to close their ‘non-essential’ businesses.

Fear makes us compliant, easily led, and ready to give up our liberties at the drop of a dime for any promise of protection.

We will use more drugs to ease our anxiety (both street drugs and pharmaceuticals), we will watch more television (as Carson dictated, I mean predicted, and apparently according to Amazon Prime viewing statistics, the popular films of the day tend to depict fictitious pathogen pandemic scenarios, with titles like ‘Contagion,’ ‘Parasite,’ ‘Flu,’ with Zombie apocalypse movies taking a firm 2nd place.

As if our real lives aren’t enough ‘fear porn’ for the masses currently), we will distance ourselves from life-giving, life-affirming people, surroundings and activities, and increasingly tether ourselves to life-destroying technologies.

With one foot teetering over the gap between our natural and virtual worlds, we will allow ourselves to slip into a brave new ‘smart’ world, one our technocratic masters have envisioned for us for a very long time, and fall into that virtual abyss.

And if we are fortunate enough to re-emerge, it will be as part-human, part-robot, ready and willing to hook ourselves up to the new AI-driven 5G control grid by any means ‘they’ deem necessary in order to be permitted the crumbs of contact with our natural world and other humans they will let fall to our feet.

So, we are very sad to conclude, COVID-19 is simply an extremely elaborate and meticulously planned world-wide psy-op (psychological operation – one of many over the past few decades) facilitated by the Elite powers in collaboration with all governments and is absolutely NOT what it is purported to be



Related: Response To Fauci's Emails Proves Everything Is Fake, Narrative Management Trumps Reality, And Those In Power Want It That Way

The incredible over-the-top response to what should be just a minor health scare (if real) should really tell us that. 

They are putting the entire world into lockdown situations for something that has killed far, far less people in the months since the scare began, than the common flu and indeed many other diseases, none of which are assigned the same importance as COVID-19.

(In the 2017/2018 Flu season in the US alone, 80,000 people died from ‘flu’, and it is estimated that up 800,000 die annually in the United States from hospital ‘error’ making hospitalization the leading cause of death in the US.)

And whatever you do, please do not worry about contracting this so-called virus. (However you may want to minimize your EMF exposures and rally together with your communities against the real threat of 5G encroachments, and continue to educate yourselves and investigate into real causes of illness not covered by mainstream media outlets.)

They rely on the fact that the symptoms are also stated to be very similar to normal colds and flu and so it’s quite easy to convince someone (and that includes medical professionals) that one has the virus, especially with all the media hype and propaganda that is currently ‘doing the rounds'’ 

We believe that the entirety of the world’s health services have been propagandized by these monsters in human guise and so we cannot even rely on our health professionals to tell us any different from what we hear in the ‘ever-compliant and eager to serve their masters’ every bidding,’ media.

And finally, by way of illustration of how these things are planned many years in advance, here is a very funny, but very apt, short clip from the TV show ‘The Simpsons’ which has a strong reputation for so-called ‘predictive programming’ and whose makers seem to be ‘in the know’ in some way and given license to feed us small tidbits of information regarding the plans for all our futures.


House Cat Flu






Related:
"The Black Knight" of Vaccines

Please take good care everyone, look after your friends and family wherever and whenever you can, give them hugs, pet your animals, connect with the natural world, and stay safe and well in these truly scary and unpredictable times! 

And try to maintain a positive outlook and sense of humor, as reason and logic, are in about as short supply as toilet paper, leaving the collective shelves of the human psyche empty, as it is continually bombarded with messages of fear, uncertainty and doubt.

Also please do spread the message contained herein as far and wide as is humanly possible!

We both wish you all, good health and happiness, whatever else transpires in the near future in this increasingly crazy world of ours.


Related Articles:

Watch Infowars Break the Wuhan Bioweapon Release in Jan. 2020

A Vindicated Rand Paul Decimates Fauci Over Emails

Twitter Suspends Organization for Announcing They Will Release More Fauci Emails

German Study Finds Lockdown ‘Had No Effect’ on Stopping Spread of Coronavirus

Scientist At Center Of Lab Leak Controversy Put In Charge Of The Lancet’s Task Force To Investigate Virus Origin

Irrefutable COVID Facts Implode The Big Lie

VAERS - As of April 30th, 2021 - This is the Best (and Only) Comprehensive Analysis of the Data

Dr. Stefan Lanka Exposes The "Viral Fraud"

Florida Gov. DeSantis: Fauci’s Role in ‘Gain of Function’ Research Should Be ‘Fully Investigated’

Fauci in 2020: Masks From Drug Stores ‘Not Really Effective’ Against CCP Virus

Charlatan, Fraudster, Profiteer Fauci Exposed

These Are The World's 25 Richest Millennial Billionaires

The five phases of vaccine compliance: We are currently in phase 3, and the last phase involves door-to-door arrests of those who refuse spike protein injections

Nun Warns Don't Take The Vaccine They Are Killing People

Vaccine ingredient “not for human use”

[QLD] More wastewater samples test positive to COVID-19

Covid-19: politicisation, “corruption,” and suppression of science

COVID-19 Vaccine ‘Hesitancy’ and Vaccine Mythology vs. Data

How COVID Vaccines Can Cause Blood Clots and More

Pfizer Vaccine May Cause Heart Inflammation in People Under 30, Leaked Study Suggests

The Biggest Experiment Ever: A Needle in Every Arm (Audio Problems? Try using Headphones)

CDC & FDA Knew COVID Injections Would Lead to Heart Complications, Still Pushing for Kids

Heart Inflammation in Youth Recently Vaccinated

New peer reviewed study on COVID-19 vaccines suggests why heart inflammation, blood clots and other dangerous side effects occur

The Truth About Bill Gates, Microsoft and Jeffrey Epstein

Vaccines, Lies and Smears Odysee Exclusive

Open letter from Mary Hobbs, NZ author

Physicians Forbidden From Questioning Official Health Guides

117 Employees File Lawsuit Against Texas Hospital for Requiring COVID-19 Vaccine

Nobel Prize winner: Mass COVID vaccination an ‘unacceptable mistake’

Number of COVID Cases in Delhi Crashes after Mass Distribution of Ivermectin

The Horrible History of Big Pharma

“All Roads Lead to the Vaccine”: Full Interview with Dr. Peter McCullough

Depopulation and the mRNA Vaccine

The Global Race Towards Full Vaccination

COVID Deaths Plunge after Major World City Introduces Ivermectin

Atlanta News Anchor Develops Two Brain Tumors 12 Days after Second Experimental Pfizer mRNA Injection, Still Recovering from Surgery

Canadian Doctor Removed from Hospital Duty after Speaking Out About COVID Vaccine Side Effects

Vaccine Researcher Admits ‘Big Mistake,’ Says Spike Protein Is Dangerous ‘Toxin’

Murder by Public Health Authorities

Dipali Ojha, head of the Indian Bar Association

Fr. Vernon Coleman Warns Regarding Covid "Vaccine"

Got Jab? No More Fly

Vindication - Explorers Guide to Sci-Fi World

US ran gruesome bioweapon research in over 25 countries. Wuhan, tip of an iceberg. EcoHealth Alliance implicated again

VAERS - US Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System

Covid Disinformation & Media Suppression of Experts’ Warnings Give Creditility to Conspiracy Theories

Something Strange Is Happening to Women After They Get the Vaxx

New peer reviewed study on COVID-19 vaccines suggests why heart inflammation, blood clots and other dangerous side effects occur

10 Covid-Skeptic Memes to Get You Through the Day

Western Public Health Authorities Continue to Suppress Effective Covid Treatments

More Than 10,000 Vaccinated People Catch Covid-19, Leading Many to Question if Vaccines Really Work

Were “the Elderly… Being Killed in Hospitals, Care Homes, and Hospices” During the Pandemic?

Wuhan Lab Upheld as Source of COVID-19: China as a Target. Corrupt Political Circus on Behalf of Super-Rich

Fakery and Covid Insanity: Must Mankind Bow to “False Gods”?

Study: Hydroxychloroquine could have saved ‘staggering’ number of lives

The UK’s Never Ending Lockdown

Covid vaccine deaths likely to strike 2 Democrats for every 1 Republican: Dems could lose tens of millions of voters before 2024 elections

Watch: Vaccinated People SHOCKED When Magnet Sticks to Injection Site

Covid Is Prevented and Cured by HCQ and Ivermectin

The College of Physicians and Surgeons of Ontario Is Complicit in Mass Murder

Former Clinton Adviser Naomi Wolf Banned From Twitter Over COVID-19 Vaccine Claims

Scientist Who Told Fauci COVID ‘Potentially Engineered’ Deletes Twitter Account

Covid-19 Criminality

3,000 people a day were dying after vaccination

Amazing Polly: The Global Public Health Mafia - Follow the Connections

Dr. David Martin Exposes the False Foundation of Eugenics: "You Don't Have DNA"

Hospital Suspends 178 Workers for Not Complying With COVID-19 Vaccine Mandate

Nearly 800 Reports of Heart Inflammation After COVID-19 Vaccination in US

Magnetism Intentionally Added to 'Vaccine' to Force mRNA Through Entire Body

Hunting for Viruses with Dr Andy Kaufman Odysee Exclusive

Contagious Lies: CDC Claims Hospitalization Rising Among Unvaccinated Teens - Contrary to Its Own Data

Is Ivermectin The New Penicillin?

CDC to Hold Emergency Meeting Over Rare Post-Vaccination Heart Inflammation


The Unacknowledged Danger Of Nanoparticles

For Most People the Covid Vaccines Are More Deadly Than Covid

COVID infection elicits long-lasting immunity, nullifying worldwide vaccine push: study

Latest CDC Data Show Reports of Adverse Events After COVID Vaccines Surpass 200,000, Including 943 Among 12- to 17-Year-Olds

Horrifying study reveals mRNA vaccine nanoparticles are circulated throughout the entire body: Brain, heart, liver, ovaries, testes and more

A California county reduced its covid-19 death toll by 25 percent OVERNIGHT after realizing covid “deaths” were wildly exaggerated

YouTube Suspends Sen. Ron Johnson From Uploading Videos Over COVID-19, Hydroxychloroquine Claims

EU Suspends Use of Johnson & Johnson Vaccine Made at Baltimore Plant


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Ancient Device Too Advanced To Be Real Gives Up Its Secrets At Last + Is This Proof Of Aliens In Peru?
June 13 2021 | From: BigThink / DailyMail / Gaia Various

Though it it seemed to be just a corroded lump of some sort when it was found in a shipwreck off the coast of Greece near Antikythera in 1900, in 1902 archaeologist Valerios Stais, looking at the gear embedded in it, guessed that what we now call the “Antikythera mechanism” was some kind of astronomy-based clock.



He was in the minority - most agreed that something so sophisticated must have entered the wreck long after its other 2,000-year-old artifacts. Nothing like it was believed to have existed until 1,500 years later.

Related:
Lost Ancient High Technology In Egypt: Saw Marks And Drill Holes

In 1951, British historian Derek J. de Solla Price began studying the find, and by 1974 he had worked out that it was, in fact, a device from 150 to 100 BC Greece.



Related: Top 10 Unexplained Ancient Artifacts

He realized it used meshing bronze gears connected to a crank to move hands on the device’s face in accordance with the Metonic cycle, the 235-month pattern that ancient astronomers used to predict eclipses.




Related: In Photos: Diving for Famed Antikythera Shipwreck

By 2009, modern imaging technology had identified all 30 of the Antikythera mechanism’s gears, and a virtual model of it was released.


Virtual Reconstruction of the Antikythera Mechanism – Michael Wright & Mogi Vicentini




Understanding how the pieces fit goes together confirmed that the Antikythera mechanism was capable of predicting the positions of the planets with which the Greeks were familiar - Mercury, Venus, Mars, Jupiter and Saturn - as well as the sun and moon, and eclipses.

It even has a black and white stone that turns to show the phases of the moon. Andrew Carol, an engineer from Apple, built a (much bigger) working model of the device using Lego to demonstrate its operation.



Lego Antikythera Mechanism

The Antikythera Mechanism: http://bit.ly/fm4oFK is the oldest known scientific computer, built in Greece at around 100 BCE. Lost for 2000 years, it was recovered from a shipwreck in 1901.

But not until a century later was its purpose understood: an astronomical clock that determines the positions of celestial bodies with extraordinary precision. In 2010, we built a fully-functional replica out of Lego.





In June of 2016, an international team of experts revealed new information derived from tiny inscriptions on the devices parts in ancient Greek that had been too tiny to read - some of its characters are just 1/20th of an inch wide - until cutting-edge imaging technology allowed it to be more clearly seen.

They’ve now read about 35,00 characters explaining the device.



Related: New Moroccan fossils suggest humans lived and evolved across Africa 100,000 years earlier than we thought

The writing verifies the Antikythera mechanism’s capabilities, with a couple of new wrinkles added: The text refers to upcoming eclipses by color, which may mean they were viewed as having some kind of oracular meaning.

Second, it appears the device was built by more than one person on the island of Rhodes, and that it probably wasn’t the only one of its kind. The ancient Greeks were apparently even further ahead in their astronomical understanding and mechanical know-how than we’d imagined.



Related Articles:

Megalithic New Zealand: Pyramids, Rabbits, And Megaliths Of Upper World And Underworld

The US Space Force Swears In Its First “Chief Of Space Operations” + Navy Patents UFO-Like Compact Nuclear Fusion Reactor And Hybrid Space / Sea Crafts


Houston Anthropologist Reveals Irrefutable Proof That Recorded History Is Wrong

Endgame: Disclosure, The Antarctic Atlantis And NEW Ancient Extra-Terrestrial Ruins

Boeing's "You Just Wait" Ad Reveals 100 Year Partial Disclosure Timeline - Analysis:
Disproving Partial Disclosure, Insider Testimony, And Steering Collective Consciousness Toward The Full
Disclosure Timeline


New Fossil Discovery Rewrites History of First Human Beings

Monkeys' creation of stone tools forces scientists to rethink doctrine of human evolution




Is This Proof Of Aliens In Peru?

Mysterious giant 'claw' with eight inch fingers and a warped skull are unearthed in tunnels deep below South American city.




A group of self-proclaimed paranormal researchers claim they have found a giant claw with belonging to an alien in caves in Peru.

Related: The Official Website: Unearthing Nazca

They believe the 'giant three-fingered hand', which has fingers at least eight inches long and was allegedly found in tunnels near the ancient city of Cusco, belonged to an alien or ancient human-like creature. The group have so far refused to reveal exactly where the bones were found.

They believe the 'giant three-fingered hand', which was allegedly found in tunnels near the ancient city of Cusco, belonged to an alien or ancient human-like creature.



Related: Vatican: They Were Found Skulls of Unknown Creatures

The group also claim to have found an elongated alien-like skull close to where they allegedly discovered the hand.

The claims have not been verified by a scientist or researchers from any recognised institution. Brien Foerster, a 'paranormal researcher' who runs a tour company in Peru, was allegedly handed the mysterious item by the group.

He said he took the discovery to some unnamed 'experts' who conducted tests and found the hand had six bones in each finger. Humans have just five.



Related: A Dinosaur With a Beak and Feathers Unearthed in China

He claimed he took the discovery to some unnamed 'experts' who conducted tests and found the hand had six bones in each finger

The 'research team' allegedly used x-rays to conclude the hand and skull were 'genuine biological objects', meaning they are real bone and contain skin tissues.



Related: Archaeologists discover ancient tombs filled with actual Giants - “unusually tall and strong” people once roamed the planet

It is claimed the team now plan to conduct DNA testing on the mysterious discovery in the USA later this year.  


Special Report: Unearthing Nazca

A new anomalous discovery has been unearthed in Peru. Join Gaia's ongoing investigation and decide for yourself if this is proof of a non-human species.











Related Articles:

'Alien' Mummies From Peru Have Human Chromosome Numbers, But Not Anatomy – Scientists

The White Tangata Whenua + Maori Legend: Blonde Mummies Of The South Pacific

Astonishing Russian Document Reveals A Face-To-Face Interaction With A UFO & 5 Alien Beings

Secret Space Program Disclosure: Founders Of Solar Warden SSP With William Tompkins

Gene Roddenberry Based Star Trek On Secret US Navy Space Fleet

US Using New Zealand For Secret Rocket Launches



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Truth About Electro Magnetic Frequencies - What The Authorities Don't Tell You
June 12 2021 | From: StillnessInTheStorm

A Clinical Trial: In early 1934, Johnson rented premises in San Diego for Royal Rife to begin clinical treatments.



Under his instructions, the University of Southern California arranged formal clinical trials of the Rife Beam Ray device.

Related: Royal Rife’s Energy Machine: Why It Was Really Silenced

They appointed a special committee of top doctors to oversee the project including, apart from Johnson and Kendall:

Dr Rufus Klein-Schmidt (President, University of Southern California)
Dr Edward Kopps (Metabolic Clinic, La Jolla, California)
Dr George Fisher (Children's Hospital, NY)
Dr Kad Meyer (Hooper Foundation, San Francisco, California)
Dr Whalen Morrison (Chief Surgeon, Santa Fe Railway)
Dr George Dock
Dr Alvin G. Foard, a pathologist

Sixteen cancer patients from the Pasadena County Hospital volunteered to be treated with the machine. The brief was for the patients to be treated at Rife's clinic in San Diego and after three months the doctors would perform an in-depth examination of any of the surviving patients at that time.

Rife reportedly treated the patients with three minute exposures to the beam ray device at file career frequencies once every three days.



Related: Data Indicates Cell Phones Expose Consumers To Radiation Levels Higher Than Manufacturers Claim, Says The French Government

Initial daily treatments were suspended due to extreme Jansch-Herxreimer reactions. At the end of three months, however, all the patients were still alive and were examined.

The doctors were amazed to pronounce that 14 of the 16 showed no signs of cancer and were pronounced clinically cured. The remaining two went for further treatments.



Related: The mere presence of your smartphone reduces brain power, study shows

Rife reasoned that maybe they were infected with a mutated form of the cancer virus and made some slight frequency adjustments. Four weeks later the remaining two patients were examined and also pronounced clinically cured The results were stunning, it was a major breakthrough

There is some discrepancy in the accounts of what happened next, but the most likely explanation is that the members agreed to do further work before publicizing the results.



Conflict Begins

Johnson then introduced Rife to Dr Mildred Schram of the International Cancer Foundation in Philadelphia.

However, on hearing of the work Schram allegedly made demands for experiments that Rife insisted would not and could not work Following much argument; he eventually refused to have anything further to do with the foundation Schram supposedly admitted years later that Rife had been right.

In the meantime (1935) Johnson had set up a clinic in Los Angeles to beat people using the beam ray device and Kendall and others were continuing experiments and treating people with it.



Related: Microwave frequency electromagnetic fields (EMFs) produce widespread neuropsychiatric effects including depression

In 1937, the medical committee who oversaw the clinical trials ended up arguing over when and how they should release the results with no actual decision ever being reacted.

By now they had plenty of evidence to support Rife's claims but they found themselves pressured by the medical authorities and feared that they would not be believed

A press release went ahead however, and on Friday 6 May 1938, the San Diego Evening Tribune published a front page article entitled "Dread Disease Germs Destroyed by Rays, Claim of S.D. Scientist".

However, the clinical trials were rot mentioned and Rife was cautious not to claim that the device represented an absolute cure for cancer.



Many Electromagnetic Hyper Sensitivity conditions develop slowly and silently over many years while the person is not presenting with any symptoms or complaints:

"People suffering from Electromagnetic Hyper Sensitivity (EHS) should not be treated as simply unfortunate individuals who cannot enjoy the benefits of wireless technology and electrical power like the rest. They should be treated as the "canary in the coal mine" serving as an early warning for the rest of humanity.

For those not familiar with the term "canary in the coal mine" - it originated when miners used to take caged canaries down to the coal mine with them. They positioned the cages on the ground. If dangerous gases (e.g. methane or carbon monoxide) leaked into the mine tunnels, these gases would cause the death of the canaries serving as a warning signal to exit the mine tunnels immediately.

The morbid bio-effects of EMF described in the 2012 Bio-initiative Report may trigger a range of disorders including neurological conditions, infertility, birth defects and cancer. Many of the conditions develop slowly and silently over many years while the person is not presenting with any symptoms or complaints.

And that is why we should treat the Electro-Hyper Sensitivity (EHS) syndrome and EHS sufferers - as a stark warning, alarm bells and sirens going off, that we should all heed to even if we still cannot see or feel the fire (YET)". 

- Dr. Jonathan Halpern, PhD | Electromagnetic Survival Radiation Guide


Related: Electromagnetic Hypersensitivity From Microwave Technology Finally Medically Proven


Conspiracy Theory

During fids time, a new player emerged. Dr Morris Fishbein was editor of the Journal of the American Medical Association between 1924 and 1949.

However, Fishbein was a very rich and powerful man who by that time owned all the stock of the AMA and had extremely powerful political connections. Fishbein approached Rife with an offer to buy the exclusive rights to the beam ray technology.

Rife refused. The details of the offer are unknown but Fishbein had made similar offers to other inventors of medical technologies claimed to cure cancer.

In ore case Fishbein made an offer to the creator of a herbal cancer cure called Harry Hoxey in which Fishbein would receive all profits from the invention for nine years and thereafter, at Fishbein's discretion, he would pay 10 per cent of future profits to Hoxey.



Related: AMI Smart Meters Are The Number One Health Hazard; Next Is Cell Phones, Per Medical Research Science

When Hoxey refused, Fishbein effectively destroyed him Hoxey was allegedly arrested 125 times in 16 months at Fishbein's instigation The charges never stuck but Hoxey was ruined

Fishbein then did the same to Rife. AMA officials started visiting doctors who were using Rife's machines and informed them they would be struck from the medical register if they did not stop immediately.

Many gave in and surrendered the machines to AMA investigators or allowed the machines to be destroyed. Others held out aid refused Marty were arrested or had equipment and notes seized and destroyed by FDA (Federal Food and Drug Administration) agents.

Fishbein refused to allow publication of any reference to Rife's work in the AMA journals and also supposedly pressured other medical journals insisting that they should not publish anything about Rife's work because it was all a fraud. A number of doctors actively opposed fids, including Johnson.



Related: Cell Phone Towers and What You Really Should Know About Them

But many of the doctors who had attended Johnson's banquet for Rife in 1931, fearing the loss of their medical licenses, started denying that they had ever heard of Rife, even though marry had been photographed with him at the banquet.



Today's Scientists on Dr Royal Rife


Another doctor and scientist, whose research has been buried for some time but has managed to resurface due to the work of avid supporters, is Dr Royal Raymond Rife M.D, who developed a frequency generator in the late 1920’s. In brief, Rife successfully treated 1,000 patients diagnosed with incurable cancer in the 1930’s. He was honoured with 14 awards and an honorary doctorate.

After the unsuccessful attempt by pharmaceutical companies to buy out his research and equipment, his office was ransacked, his research paperwork was stolen and the machine that healed all those 1,000 “incurable” cancer patients was destroyed.

In 1934, before this destruction occurred, the University of Southern California appointed a Special Medical Research Committee to bring terminal cancer patients from Pasadena County Hospital to Rife's San Diego Laboratory and clinic for treatment.

The team included doctors and pathologists assigned to examine the patients - if still alive - in 90 days. After the 90 days of treatment, the Committee concluded that 86.5% of the patients had been completely cured.

The treatment was then adjusted and the remaining 13.5% of the patients also responded within the next four weeks. The total recovery rate using Rife's technology was 100%.

What Rife had developed was a 100% effective cure for many forms of cancer. So why do we not know about this and why are there so many cancer research foundations in existence?

Put simply, it is due to the economic motives of the orthodox medical community, which relies on funding for cancer research - such funding often coming from pharmaceutical companies - and whose fortunes would be damaged if a cure for cancer was found. (That is, it’s OK to search for a cure but don’t really find one!)

This is a story that illustrates yet another grand attempt by the mainstream medical community to control the lives - and deaths - of so many millions of people today."

“In every culture and in every medical tradition before ours, healing was accomplished by moving energy."

- Albert Szent-Gyorgyi, Nobel Laureate in Medicine (1937) What Rife proved is that every health disorder has a frequency, which in turn responds (resonates) to a specific (optimal) frequency for its dissolving/healing in the body.



Related: Why Your Next Wi-Fi Setup Should Be a Mesh Network [Actually, why it should NOT]

Don't mistake Electro Magnetic Frequencies (EMF) as Pulsed Electro Magnetic Frequencies (PEMF). They are absolute opposites. One can kill you! The other can save you. Has anyone ever wondered why no one has ever had cancer of the heart?

I will tell you why. It is because the heart uses Pulsed Electro Magnetic Frequencies that oxygenate and keep a balanced PH. Electro Magnetic Frequencies are harmful and dangerous to every living organism! 

Pulsed Electro Magnetic Frequencies, however, are the counterbalance to this man-made scourge that has now created a prolific smog that covers the entire earth, from microwaves to electronic warfare that readily exists. 

We can't escape it.  



Related: Facts About Current Safety Standards For Cell Phone And Towers

The object you hold against your head every day is one of the worst offenders. It is called the mobile phone. Apart from aging you rapidly, it can kill you. 

Brain Cancer has increased 10 percent in the last ten years. Imagine 100 years from now! 

Dr Alan Back, a Naturopath from the USA who worked on electronic warfare for the US army, used his skills to invent a counter measure system to combat the Electro Magnetic Frequency problem that has now enveloped the earth.  

The worst part about it is that your own home is the very place that can make you sick.



Related:
Introduction / Overview: The ‘Healing Computer’ Technology

I have been a Naturopath for 36 years and every year - and particularly this last year - 83% of people presenting to me for medical scanning have chronic adrenal fatigue symptoms which relate to neurological physical.

Over 95% present with EMF symptoms and clumped Red Blood Cell symptoms, which affect the entire circulatory system as well as the immune system. 

This is happening right now and is certainly not a passing fad.



EMF Can Harm and Can Heal Using PEMF ( Pulsating Electromagnetic Field Therapy)




Related Articles:

Did you know about the CANCER ACT 1939?


Not So Smart Technology: Safety Inspector Blows The Whistle On Fire Hazards Of 'Smart' Electronics

5G Cell Phone Radiation: How The Telecom Companies Are Losing The Battle To Impose 5G Against The Will Of The People + French NGOs Demand Stop To ‘Out Of Control’ 5G Network

What Do Smart Meters And Vaccinations Have In Common? + Another Vaccine Dump

Can EMF Make Us More Susceptible To Coronavirus Infection? & FCC Chair Commits To Enhancing WiFi/5G During Pandemic Despite Warnings From Experts + The First Report Of 5G Injury & Health Advocate Urges Nelson City Council To Halt 5G Roll-Out

"Smart City" Is Really Government Spying On An Unimaginable Scale

5G And IoT: A Trojan Horse + Wifi Linked To Cancer And DNA Damage, Says New Report: Here’s What To Do

5G Network Uses Same EMF Waves As Pentagon Crowd Control System + NZ 5G Update: June 2018

What Parents Should Know About EMFs and WiFi & 5G Is An International Health Crisis In The Making

Microwave EMF Science: Deliberate Claptrap Misinformation? + ElectroSensitivity - A Case Study

The Gloves Come Off On EMF / Mobile / WiFi Radiation + Understanding The Dangers Of The “5G” Rollout

Electronic Torture + 21st-Century Bio-Hacking And Bio-Robotizing



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

World Of Naked Lies
June 11 2021 | From: DrSircus / AllGovernmentsLie / Various

Lying seems to be the foundation of human intelligence and civilization. Robert Fisk writes, “We do not live in a “post-truth” world, neither in the Middle East nor in the West – nor in Russia, for that matter. We live in a world of lies. And we always have lived in a world of lies.”



Anyone alive today that believes we are living in a world of truth, justice and love needs to have their heads examined.

Related: Why The Truth Is Vilified (And Lies Are Celebrated) Everyw here Across Our Twisted Society

We live in a world of lies and half-truths, which are really the same or worse than outright lies, because they confuse the human mind. Lies cause unmeasurable amounts of human suffering and lead people to early graves.

We lie and we never stop lying, even to ourselves. Governments lie and they want us to believe in their lies. The press lies pretending to represent the truth but that is understandable because they are wholly owned by elite masters who tell them what to publish. Historians lie but not all of them.

Egyptologists lie because they do not want to know anything besides what they have already thought of as the truth of Egypt’s ancient past.

Certainly, bankers lie about their honesty and doctor’s lie about the dangers of their drugs and surgery done without supplementing with magnesium.



Related: Dear Western Peoples; There Is No Freedom Without Truth

They even lie about heart attacks never saying people who go into cardiac arrest are actually dying of magnesium deficiencies. Dentists of course lie about fluoride and their use of the highly toxic neurological poison mercury.

Therefore, we lie and our institutions are built on pyramids of lies. So why do we trust liars? How can anyone be arrogant about realities of lies when there is no truth left? What is truth if we have nothing but lies?

What is amazing is that these past years they have even been lying about the weather. Imagine the weatherman telling people in New York that it is sunny and warm but when you step outside it is cold and raining. It is that bad.

I have written for nine years on global cooling probably publishing over 70 essays on the subject. Do a Google search on, Record high temperature and Record low temperature and see what comes up. I just got 9,460,000 results (0.55 seconds) for high temperatures and 78,100,000 results (0.58 seconds) for cold temperatures.

Not that the google search means much but it does suggest one start reading about what is going down on our planet if one is interested in surviving the future.



Record Cold USA During Summer in Dakotas & Great Lakes, Media Ignores




We have become accustomed to white lies in our everyday lives and have become accustomed to not believing everything we hear. Whether it is someone’s description on a dating app or a resume for work, we take what we listen to with a grain of salt.

Some people fiercely filter information for fabrications, exaggerations, plagiarism, white lies, and most of all: deception. However, as one study suggests, we are on average only able to catch 54% of lies.

Strikingly, in the same study, trained police officers, judges, and FBI agents were not that much better than the average person was.

All forms of information have lost their integrity. All institutions - from the academy to commerce to governance to non-profits - have lost their integrity.

Worse perhaps, than secret agencies telling lies with no evidence and the mainstream media telling lies on command from its financial masters, is an all-out war on truth.


Related: Fluoride Officially Classified As A Neurotoxin In World’s Top Medical Journals & Former EPA Senior Scientist Confirms Fluoride Lowers Children’s IQ

“There are facts, there are opinions, and there are lies,” says historian Deborah Lipstadt who encourages us all to go on the offensive against those who assault the truth and facts. “Truth is not relative,” she says. Therefore, we really have no choice but to question and challenge everything.

What is the truth of the liberal mind? What is their greatest wet dream? They want the whole world to be one big happy family, where borders are meaningless, people can freely move from one country to the next, and no society is inherently better than another is.

They preach diversity, but they want the world to be blended into one drab monoculture that falls in line with their beliefs and violently oppose others, who believe in quaint ideas of nationalism for example.

Today nationalists and patriots are evil people in the eyes of liberals and progressives who forget the truth of what these words mean. According to the Merriam-Webster dictionary, nationalism simply means “love for or devotion to one’s country.” According to thefreedictionary.com, a patriot is “a person who loves, supports, and defends his or her country and its interests.”



Related: Many Scientific “Truths” Are, In Fact, False + A Scientist Explains Why "Everything Is Fucked"

So for sure they lied about 9-11, what started the Second World War and about how the world is doing with global debt now hitting $217 trillion, which is 327% Of GDP. We could go on forever listing lies.

Religions lie. We know that because if that were not the truth then only one religion is a true one and the rest bull because they all contradict each other.

In a world of lies one has to wonder the truth about everything, even what happened in Germany during WWII?

Come on, they even lie about iodine in salt, as if it would do anyone any good because once put on the table the iodine evaporates quickly. Most people have no idea what truth is or the process of finding it.

The truth is as unpopular today as it has always been. If you are a person of truth and you hear the truth, it rather excites you. The truth, if we are not living it, is almost unbearable to hear.

The sounds of silence are the sounds of lies, omissions of fact and reality so large it is more than manipulation.

Did you know that one’s silence could be deadly? One can actually do mass murder with silence by deliberately holding back information that can be lifesaving.



Related: The Truth About Money Is Out & Austerity In 8 Minutes: Why It Does Not Work, Why It Is Still Practised

Tell that to your doctor for he is the one who most needs to know this. What is going on in Fukushima is perhaps the greatest silent lie. Things are so bad there we hear nothing about it.

Perhaps the most dangerous lies today center around Russia. Sick politicians in both American and Europe are risking all of our lives in a nuclear war with their lies. Crimea is Russian. All the people there speak Russian. Almost every one of them voted to rejoin Russia.

The West is completely irrational, not only about Islam but also about just about everything.

It is inviting its own destruction.

The West is completely separated from reality says Paul Craig Roberts.



Conclusion – A Little Bit of Truth

The heart can only stand the truth but our minds can wonder all over the universe of lies without problem.

We said in the beginning that lies hurt people. Powerful people everywhere routinely make decisions that hurt others. The old saying is right: Power really does corrupt.

No one is honest about their corruption so they have to lie. Therefore, the lies that permeate civilization start at the top among the most powerful.

Recent psychological research suggests that powerful people behave remarkably like traumatic brain injury victims. Controlled experiments show that, given power over others, people often become impulsive and less sensitive to risk.



Related: Ten Years On: Al Gore's 'Inconvenient Truth' Propaganda Film Turns Out To Be Total Bunk - How Is His Profit From Carbon Taxes Not Criminal Fraud?

Most important, test subjects often lose empathy, that is, the ability to understand and share the feelings of others. Said another way they lose their hearts, the intelligence of the heart, their own organs of truth so in a sense they become stupid.

Rich in money and possessions but without hearts leaves the most powerful without the kind of vulnerability that leads to love so actually they are poor in spirit, poor in their ability to feel but strong in their ability to abuse.

They also lose their capacity to mirror and listen to others.


All Governments Lie



Related Articles:

The Truth Is Possibly Out There

The Control-Matrix Is Crashing Because The Truth-Seekers Are Winning

Canada scandal: how does Minister of Defence still have a job?

Famous Medical-Journal Editor Torpedoes Medical Journal + Why Isn’t There A Medical Edward Snowden?

Mainstream Media Insults The Public's Intelligence On Vaccines & Vaccinated Vs. Unvaccinated Pilot Study: Early Vaccination Sees Exponential Increase In Chronic Disorders + Lies, Vaccines And The New Zealand Media

Lies, Damn Lies And Statistics

Pyramid Of Lies

Five Damaging Lies Advertisements Desperately Want You To Believe

The Mainstream Media Lies

Four Words: Weapons Of Media Lies & When Corporate Power Is Your Real Government, Corporate Media Is State Media

UN IPCC Scientist Blows Whistle On Lies About Climate, Sea Level

The Truth About MMS (Chlorine Dioxide) That They Don’t Want You To Know

The Global Accounts: The Truth, The Thieves, The Liars And The Con Artists

Ten Habits Of People Who Live Their Truth


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Now That You’ve Awakened, How Do You Help Awaken Others?
July 6 2017 | From: WakeUpWorld

So you see the ‘big picture.’ You’ve awakened to the realization that the planet has been hijacked - You know about their agenda - You know humanity can rise above it - You want to do something positive about it.



So, you start spreading the word to awaken others, telling them what’s really happening in the world.

Related: The Universe Played its Trump Card! But Is President Trump the Worst Curse or a Blessing in Disguise?

The greater the number of awakened individuals spreading the word, the quicker we as a race can reach that critical mass of consciously awakened individuals needed to prevent the doom and gloom and co-create a turnaround for planetary transformation.

And this change in mass consciousness for planetary transformation has to be done, especially with a sense of urgency - it’s a do-or-die-situation for humanity.

However, learning how to effectively spread the word to the un-awakened can be quite a difficult task at times, and is a subject, I feel, that is not addressed enough in the alternative media community. Over the years, I have learnt a number of effective ways to do it that avoid many pitfalls. Here are some of those ways to help spread the word and play your part in our mass awakening and planetary change:


Keep it Simple

Share your revelations on an increasingly steady gradient over time (don’t get heavy), so that people will grasp more easily where you’re coming from and be more accepting of what you say along the way.


Distinguish the Nay-Sayers

No matter how eloquent you may be, how knowledgeable, good at communication, dealing with people’s idiosyncrasies etc., there are some people who just won’t get it and I doubt if they ever will.



Related: Are You Awake? Or Just Informed

These people will invalidate you without ever investigating your claims.
The sooner you can distinguish these Nay-Sayers, limited by their self-imposed bubble of existence and belief, the sooner you can move on to spread the word to others who are more open-minded and receptive.


‘Gauge the Person’

If you want to make a difference then try to ‘gauge the person.’ That is, find out if they are open to what you have to say, and establish where they are at with their own awakening (if this is the case). Then you can speak to them on a level that they will gain further understanding.


Pick an Area

Many people began their awakening in a particular area of understanding. For example, my awakening began with health. If you can share a common ground with someone who somehow feels that things are not right in a particular subject area, then this indeed is the subject to discuss with them. 



Related: Twenty Vaccine Facts You Need To Know To Make An Informed Decision

Do you have a specialist area of knowledge you could share?



Set an Example

As the saying goes, be that change you want to see in the world. Express your individuality. Walk the walk, talk the talk. For instance, if you’re campaigning for health then practice what you preach by living healthily. Be authentic. Others will follow.


Be Courageous… But Do it Lovingly!

You may well have something worth saying. However, if you come across somewhat angrily or in a huff, then the person / persons listening may not hear what you’re saying, not matter how well you justified it. They will only get angry with your anger or huffy with your huffiness. So, basically, do indeed be courageous if needed, but try to spread the word lovingly.


Remember, You Haven’t Anything to Sell…

For me, the way I see it is like this. I haven’t got anything to sell: I’m not out to change the world. I couldn’t change one person if I tried. People don’t change people.



Related: The Masses Are Awakening

All we can ever do is present an opportunity to someone. It is up to that person to take and make something out of that opportunity and then change them self.

Sow a seed in their mind. Too much information for someone unprepared for it will only push them away and alienate you. Ask a question. Don't you find it strange that...


Questions Are Answers

One way of spreading the word, getting someone interested and aware is to give them questions. Giving someone questions not only encourages inquiry but also avoids confrontation. Instead of you being head-on confronted, the person is more likely to confront the question. Thus, questions indirectly serve as answers.


Know Thy Stuff!

Be prepared to give knowledgeable responses when challenged! A good knowledgeable response breeds confidence and courage. (Conversely, it can be counterproductive to talk about topics you don’t really understand. - Editor.)


Spread the Written Word

There are many free or cheap and easy-to-run blog sites you can use for spreading the word. There are also many excellent free article submission websites to get your voice heard.



Related: Manifesto Of The Awakened

Or how about creating an email list or setting up a social media page? Or you could give a slide-show presentation to your family and friends…  Can you think of other ways?



Final Thoughts…

That concludes some of the many ways we can help to awaken others. I hope that this has encouraged and inspired you!

And remember: Know that you can make a difference. Insignificance is an illusion.


When You Realise "A Bugs Life" Was Trying to Tell You Something...





Related Articles:

The Importance Being Awake

Once We Awaken

Loneliness - The Dilemma Of The Awakening Mind

The Great Awakening Has Begun

Why Do We Condemn Others For Being ‘Less Awake’ Or ‘Less Conscious?’


How To Realise Your True Calling & The 5 Stages Of Awakening: Are Demons Walking Among Us?

Is The Pineal Gland The Gateway To A Spiritual Awakening?

So You’ve Woken Up… Now What?



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Delusions About Private Property And The Fantasy Of Equality
June 9 2021 | From: JonRappoport

“Once private property is abolished, the advocates for utopia win. They build their heaven on earth, which means they can take what they want and run civilization, top-down. They can keep saying nobody owns anything, but in fact they own it all. They execute this squeeze play as if they were messiahs eradicating the prime evil: private ownership. This is such a preposterous stage play that, in a sane society, it would close down after one night.” - The Underground, Jon Rappoport



Newsflash: There is a difference between an idea and the way that idea is applied in practice.

Related: The Crown Of England Is Owned And Operated By The Vatican

For example, certain groups will take the idea of freedom and interpret it to mean:


"We have the freedom to steal everything we can.”

Based on this practice, many people will claim freedom was always a failed and corrupt idea at the core. This is wrong, absurd, and dim. Very dim.

In the same way, the idea of private property can certainly be twisted to mean;


“I will steal what you have, make it my own, and then declare it is my property, over which I have control.”

But the idea of private property remains independent of what people will do to distort it. A child used to be able to see this.

Centuries of struggle resulted in a shift from monarchs and priest classes owning all available land, to individuals having the right to own land. Once that principle was firmly established, groups immediately tried to modify the principle to their advantage.



Related: 1924 Newspaper Article Outlines Six Goals Of The Illuminati

In 1776, a group called the Illuminati declared its existence in Bavaria. One of its guiding ideas was: the abolition of all private property. That concept traveled down to Karl Marx and the Communist agenda.

Private property was called an inherent crime. Instead, the people/everybody would own all property.

This garbled incoherent pronouncement would be backed up by the ruling government, who would act as stewards for the masses - meaning the government would take control of all property until such time as the people evolved to the point where the State was unnecessary.

As a straight con, it was very weak. A two-bit hustler on a street corner with a folding table and three cards could see through it in a second. The people evolving? The State withering away on its own? Equality defined as everybody owning everything?



Related: The Lies And Deception Known As The European Union + We Are All Greeks:
Understanding The Economic Collapse Of Greece And The Subsequent Impacts On The Global Economy

Of course, if people injected their own utopian fantasies into the mix, if people assumed the government was a beneficent force for good, if people assumed there was an “everybody” operating unanimously, if people fantasized about a history of tribes (who fought wars against each other) gracefully abdicating the whole notion of individual property…well then, yes, the abolition of private property became a marvelous proposition.

In the light of day, however, with a clear mind, the idea was terrible. It was quite insane. It signaled a transfer of property from the individual to power-mad lunatics. Needless to say, this idea of no-private-property is alive and well on planet Earth today. We are in another round of fantasy-drenched propaganda.

In a nutshell, the threat of pure private property is: it establishes individual rights that stand against the unchecked force of the government-corporate-banking nexus. It implies the individual is free, independent, and the ruler of what he owns.

To which the addled mind replies:


“But suppose a person is polluting his land and the poison is running beyond his borders and endangering others?”

Well, that is called a crime. It should be prosecuted. It should be stopped.

The fact that it is often ignored doesn’t negate the whole assumption of private property. It points to the corruption of public officials who refuse to prosecute the offender.

Here is utopia laid bare: the government and its partners, who are doing everything they can to limit, squash, and outlaw the individual right to own property, are the same force that is acting as the wondrous representative of all the people; surrender to this force; give it power to appropriate all property and hold it in trust, for that day when the population has risen to enlightenment, when the open sharing of “everything” is a natural impulse. Then victory will be ours.

Not the iron fist. The open helping hand. Not the hammer. The smiling guide. Not the monarch. The servant of humanity. If you buy that one, I have waterfront condos for sale on Jupiter’s four moons. No terms. Cash up front. Construction begins in 2058. Promise.



Related: Dying Of Thirst: Privatization Of Water As An Owned Commodity Rather Than A Universal Human Right

The Homeowners Association actually owns the condos and the land. They are a subsidiary of the Jupiter Government Authority. There are rules. No flags of any kind flying from porches. No privately owned electricity generators. No growing of vegetables or fruit on the land. No weapons.

Domiciles must be shared with migrants arriving from Earth. The migrants are given beds, meals, and clothing. Possessions are shared. The prime directive: everything belongs to everybody. Power to the people.


Related Articles:

New Zealand Member Of Parliament Is Concerned The Reserve Bank Of New Zealand Is Overseas-Owned

Copyright, Intellectual Property And The Extradition Saga Of Kim Dotcom



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Could Light From LED Screens Cause Irreversible Eye Damage?
June 8 2021 | From: Uncensored / Various

In John Christian’s books, The Light Bulb Mafia and The Light Bulb Mafia Postscript (on the Internet) he mentions how LED light bulbs, LED slit lamps and ophthalmoscopes, LED backlit computer screens, smart phone screens and TV screens are going to severely damage the retina and accelerate early onset macular degeneration leading to premature blindness.



It was Dr Celia Sanchez-Ramos’s previous study exposing rats to white LED light bulbs back nearly 10 years ago that first motivated John Christian to write his books.

Related: Could light from LED screens cause irreversible eye damage?

Generally, her research is superb, although it has been largely ridiculed by other ophthalmological scientists and doctors throughout the world. Yet she is courageously holding to her carefully researched, honest views.

In my opinion she is one of the very few, truly great, honest, medical professionals today. She works at Complutense University of Madrid, in Spain. Well, here is her latest research published by Medical Life Sciences, showing how LED computer screens and tablets seriously damage the retina of rats, which supports John Christian’s previous radical allegations and predictions in his two books:



Related: Screentime Is Making Kids Moody, Crazy, And Lazy

Note that her study involved exposing pigmented rats with eyes similar to humans. The control group was divided into three, a group (not exposed to LED screen light), a second group (exposed to LED displays) and a third group (exposed to LED displays with an Eye Protector Reticare over the screens cutting out the damaging blue light).

The study was performed for 3 months in daily cycles of 16 hours of light and 8 hours of darkness.

After the study was completed, all of the three groups of rat’s eyes were tested. The eyes of the rats not exposed to any screens at all, and the rats exposed to the screens with the Reticare blue light protectors fitted were all the same and had not been damaged at all.

However, the retinas of rats exposed to the unprotected LED screens showed a 23% retinal cell death rate over the 3 month period.



Related: How LED Lighting May Compromise Your Health & Why Sunlight Deficiency Is As Deadly As Smoking

Even the researchers at the university were totally shocked to observe this level of apoptosis (programmed cell death) in such a short period in animals that have a life expectancy of 10 years.

People who use LED computer screens a lot, such as gamers, for a long while have been complaining of serious problems with their eyesight and now most use blue light screen protectors or yellow tinted spectacles to cut out the excessive damaging blue light. However, unfortunately, this usually distorts colour perception.

Interestingly, when PB Technology (a big N.Z. computer retailer) opened a new branch here in Tauranga, New Zealand, I went to have a look on the opening day and much to my surprise, I saw they had a new range of LCD (Liquid Clear Crystal) computer monitor screens in stock.

I have one myself, and they are good, emitting very little damaging blue light at all, but they do emit a lot of UV, which doesn’t damage the retina but it does damage the eye’s lens.



Related: How a Lack of Sunshine Can Cause Adverse Effects on Mental and Physical Health

However, if you wear eye glasses with plastic lenses like I do these lenses cut out virtually all of the UV. These screens had been taken off the market and replaced with LED screens a few years ago.

So I asked the manager; Why the new LCD screens? Answer: More and more gamers are going back to them because they don’t hurt their eyes!

All this going on, while the Global Lighting Association (representing over 5,000 lighting manufacturers) wants to convert the whole world to LEDs by 2020, and virtually all the world’s leading  optical and ophthalmological scientists and medical doctors say LED light bulbs and LED screens don’t harm you!



Related: Companies Develop “Safe” Screens That Filter Blue Light Emitted By Electronic Devices

On the front cover of John Christian’s book (on the Internet), THE LIGHT BULB MAFIA published in July 2014, he says, “A history of the secret global light bulb cartel – and why the insidious global transformation to modern LED, OLED, and LD lighting technology, if not soon stopped or radically changed – is going to curse the whole world with BLINDNESS!”

Clearly, Dr Celia Sanchez-Ramos’s latest research here in the article points precisely to the inevitability of this soon happening. Yet still. Very few people including the medical profession are not acknowledging this is even occurring.




Related: These Light Bulbs Cause Anxiety, Migraines, And Even Cancer

Seriously. The evidence now is simply overwhelming. Already, some Asian countries have 90% of their school children by age sixteen suffering from serious eye problems and myopia and will probably be blind by age 50.

So why are very few speaking up and why is nothing meaningful being done about this tyranny?

Virtually all smart phones have LED backlit screens as well. Are the over ten million doctors represented by the World Medical Association, in truth, members of one, giant, global lunatic asylum? Certainly looks like it doesn’t it.


Related Articles:

Let There Be Light: First Individual Particle Of Light Ever Seen + The Birth Of Quantum Holography - Making Holograms Of Single Light Particles

5G Cell Phone Radiation: How The Telecom Companies Are Losing The Battle To Impose 5G Against The Will Of The People + French NGOs Demand Stop To ‘Out Of Control’ 5G Network

US Patent 6506148 B2 Confirms Human Nervous System Manipulation Through Your Computer & TV + Biological Effects Of Living Near A Cell Phone Tower

The Reasons Why We Can't Put Down Our Smartphones

Oliver Stone Warns Moviegoers: Beware Of Your Smartphones, 'This Will Be Our Undoing'

Use A Mobile Phone? This Means You: Your Private Life Has Suddenly Exploded



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Moving Beyond Concentrated State Power
June 7 2021 | From: Geopolitics / Various

Capitalism is at the precipice of what it is capable of, and what is possible with it. Nevertheless, its proponents are perpetually swearing that it spurred tremendous development, yet we also know that it is the cause of so much industrial waste, and environmental destruction.



We are also aware that so much wealth of scientific knowledge have been purposely suppressed with the cooperation of the government for the purpose of preserving the need to consume and produce more, just to sustain commerce and capitalism, and its compatible patronage politics.

Related: The Looting Machine Called Capitalism

Both share the same motivation to profit and rule. However, the people need not be ruled. What we all need is learn about deep thinking to make way for enlightenment, vision and wisdom. That’s the only way that the people will eventually learn to govern themselves.

In contrast, the present control system run by the State is grossly inefficient and spiritually destructive.

For how long should we allow the regressive system to continue?


The New Socialism: Moving Beyond Concentrated State Power

[Comment: Let it be clear that this article is shared here NOT in a pro-socialist effort, however it does raise some interesting ideas in how we can begin to fix our world moving forward.]

Capitalism as a system is now increasingly challenged. Critics proliferate and steadily deepen their opposition (alongside, of course, the persistence of capitalism’s defenders). Yet capitalism’s traditional “other” - namely, socialism - has also been widely devalued. It has lost its position as the goal (however variously interpreted) for anti-capitalist social movements.

When not simply ignored, socialism (and even more its derivative “communism”) is often treated as utterly passé. When taken seriously, it is mostly a vague rhetorical gesture expressing criticism of the capitalist status quo, not advocacy of a concrete alternative.

Socialist parties now mainly support capitalism but with a human face - i.e. with the social supports and safety nets that their “conservative” counterparts disdain.




Related: Changes That Are Coming: The Deep State’s Control Is Fast Coming To An End

Sometimes the advocacy of socialism expresses a systemic rejection of, or opposition to, capitalism.

But even then, the current use of the term “socialism” lacks a clear, concrete definition of what genuinely new economic system it entails. What exactly differentiates it from and renders it superior both to capitalism and to what “old” socialism used to mean?

To enrich and strengthen anti-capitalism by giving it such a new, definitive goal, we need to revision socialism. On the one hand that means shedding accumulated historical baggage that now undermines and prevents socialism from being a prominent goal of social change.

On the other hand, a revised socialism requires new content that can inspire and motivate. That is now available.

Old socialism’s drawn-out demise since the 1970's helped give birth to a new 21st century socialism whose basic contours we can now contrast with old socialism.




Related: The World Economy Explained With Just Two Cows

The old socialism that evolved across the 19th and 20th centuries eventually settled its many, rich debates by largely agreeing on two basic ways to distinguish itself from capitalism.


Capitalism entailed:

1. Private enterprises to produce goods and services

2. Markets as the means to distribute resources and products among enterprises and individuals (workers and consumers).



In contrast, socialism entailed government-owned-and-operated enterprises and government central planning as the distribution system. Both devotees of capitalism and socialism accepted this set of differentiating definitions.

Debates and struggles over capitalism versus socialism then swirled around the relative virtues and flaws of private versus state enterprises and of markets versus planning.

The practice of socialism combined criticism of private enterprise and markets with celebration of state enterprise and central planning.



Related: Republic Or Democracy And Self-Governance

Once socialists had captured state power in the USSR, the People’s Republic of China (PRC) and elsewhere, the demands of managing actual economies tilted socialism’s focus ever further toward state enterprises and central planning mechanisms.

In perfectly parallel fashion, attacks upon socialism from devotees of capitalism stressed the failures and excesses of state enterprises and planning.

Many of those debates and struggles seemed to be resolved by the collapse of the USSR in 1989 and subsequent changes in Eastern Europe, the PRC and elsewhere. History, the devotees of capitalism crowed, had “proven” the non-viability of socialism, the superiority of capitalism.

They rarely grasped that what had failed was one version of socialism, an early experiment in what it might mean to construct a system beyond capitalism.


Their eagerness to claim that “socialism/communism had failed” conveniently forgot the many similarly “failed” efforts, centuries earlier, to construct capitalism out of a declining European feudalism.


Only after many such failures did changed social conditions enable a general system change to modern capitalism. Why would the same not apply to socialism qua successor to capitalism?



Related: Monopolies and Accountability

A major task for socialists has been honestly to admit and contend with the limits and failures of the old 19th and 20th century socialism: chiefly, excesses of over-concentrated state power and inadequately transformed production systems.

Old socialism’s achievements - especially rapid industrial development and the remarkable provision of social safety nets - might be preserved and built upon if its limits and failures were also recognized and overcome.

One emerging and promising new socialism for the 21st century focuses on worker co-ops. Socialism becomes the campaign to establish and build a sizable worker co-op sector within contemporary capitalism. In worker co-op enterprises, all workers are equal members of a democratically run production operation.

They debate and decide what, how and where to produce and how to utilize the net revenues. Worker co-op enterprises exist alongside traditional capitalist enterprises.

They are eligible for and must obtain tax considerations, subsidies and state supports comparable to what capitalist enterprises received throughout capitalism’s history.



Related: Governments: The Enemy Of Freedom & Globalists Interviewed: They Admitted They Controlled The Government

Indeed, in their initial, emergent phase, worker co-ops deserve extra government support so that the worker co-op sector quickly achieves a significant role in the economy. Until that role is established, people will remain unable to evaluate, compare and weigh in on what mix of capitalist and worker co-op enterprises they wish for their society.

The worker co-op sector of an economy will have to decide what mix of market and planning mechanisms to utilize for the distribution of its resources and products (much as capitalist enterprises always did). The relationships - both competitive and cooperative - between the two sectors of each economy (capitalist and worker co-op) will have to be determined by negotiations between them.

The third member of those negotiations will be the populace as a whole weighing in on what kind of economic system it wants as the partner for its political system.

With a significant worker co-op sector, the state’s dependence on enterprises will no longer mean a dependence on a small minority: shareholders and boards of directors who control capitalist enterprises.

Instead it will mean, at least in part, the state’s dependence on masses of workers who democratically control worker co-ops. Under such a system, the prospects for genuine (as opposed to merely formal) political democracy are much enhanced over their sorry state today.



Related: Mathematical Report Proves Human Society Is Too Complex To Be Ruled By A Government

Mass working class support made 19th and 20th century socialism - with its programs of revolutionary or evolutionary / parliamentary seizures of state power - historically important. We cannot now expect to mobilize again any equivalent support for a revival of the old socialism.

That is because of its limits and failures and also because of the massive, sustained campaigns against it by capitalism’s supporters.

However, a new socialism built upon the best achievements of the old plus a new focus on the democratic transformation of the workplace can mobilize mass support now. It is already doing so.

A new socialism for the 21st century would address as well all those in the population who are not in the workforce because of family, age, education, illness, disability or other comparable causes.

Systematic supports for them - qua relatives, friends and neighbors of workforce member - are as central to a new and better society as is the democratization of the workplace. Indeed, the latter and the former can and would be mutually supportive.



Related: 8 Ways Control Freak Government Is Sabotaging Freedom And Making Life More Difficult For Us

Old socialist parties are mostly fading or imploding, yet at the same time capitalism’s deepening difficulties, especially since the global crash of 2008, are everywhere increasing mass opposition to capitalism.

What that opposition needs is a new socialism with attractive, basic transformative goals.

What is not wanted is social change that gives power to some far-away government apparatus.

The point is rather and finally to transfer power into the hands of the change-making workers themselves. Power here refers to more than politics. It refers to the social power at the economic base of society, in the workplaces producing the goods and services upon which social life depends.

The French Revolution’s slogan - liberty, equality, fraternity - was linked to its economic project of displacing feudalism in favor of capitalism.

While its economic project succeeded, it failed to realize that slogan. It turned out, as Marx noted, that capitalism’s class division (between employer and employee) blocked that realization.

Overcoming such class divisions - something a worker co-op can do - is required to take the next great historical step toward liberty, equality and fraternity.



Related: The Rise And Rise Of Control-Freak Government

The establishment of worker co-ops is one idea for a transition to a resource-based economy.

This should make way for the full implementation of automation that will be according to an Open Source design and under the full control of the people, and not by the Corporatocracy.

Everyone must benefit from our collective scientific and technological advancements.

We can’t make our economic and political freedom happen if we continue relying on politicians and priests for directiom.

It’s time to wave and follow our own batons.


Related Articles:

Academic Warns: Young People’s Ignorance Of Socialism Risks “Absolute Catastrophe” & Goodbye Free Internet, Government Is Already Here

In Socialist Theocracy, Getting ‘Woke’ Brings Absolution

Socialism: Thick Lipstick On A Global Pig

Socialism Equals Triumph For Corporate Criminals + To Remind: Google Is Run By Totalitarians


Is Australia Becoming A Fascist State? & Study Says DTP Vaccine Associated With 212% Increased Infant Mortality Risk

A Quick Review Of Fake Medical Diagnostic Tests + Author Exposes The “Vaccine Deep State”- A Massive Criminal Fraud And Embezzlement Ring Inside The CDC

How The Deep State ‘Justifies’ Itself In America

The Global Fascist State: Physical Control Of The Global Population Is Impossible

Why Confronting Israel Is Important: The Jewish State Is No Friend

The Fifth Estate Casts Its Shadow Like a Massive Mothership

Four Words: Weapons Of Media Lies & When Corporate Power Is Your Real Government, Corporate Media Is State Media

A Textbook Case Of Treason + Trump: A Threat To The Deep State

FBI Allegedly Obtained Hunter Biden Computer, Data On Ukraine Dealings, Report Claims & Obama, Clinton, Biden And Brennan Will “Hang For Treason” When This Evidence Comes Out… BOMBSHELL recordings prove they had Seal Team Six EXECUTED to cover up deep state crimes

The Surveillance State: How To Disappear & It’s Why Big Tech Is Watching You: How You Spend Your Money Reveals Parts Of Your Personality, And Vice Versa

Lindsay Perigo: New Zealand Is A Police State

Why Capitalism Creates Useless Jobs



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
The ‘Great Reset’: A Technocratic Agenda That Waited Years For A Global Crisis To Exploit & Globalists Will Need Another Crisis In As Their Reset Agenda Fails
June 6 2021 | From: Sociable / AltMarket / Various

How the ‘great reset’ ideology of un-elected bureaucrats would steer society towards massive surveillance & control.



In the face of a global pandemic, an un-elected body of global bureaucrats based in Davos, Switzerland has asked the world to trust its vision of a technocratic “great reset,” knowing full well the public would never go for such a request had it not been for the golden opportunity they’d all been waiting for.

Related: The "New Confederacy"? Yes, It's Time For Conservatives To Unite Against The Globalist Reset

When the head of the World Economic Forum (WEF), Klaus Schwab, announced in June that “Now is the time for a great reset,” it wasn’t the first time he called for it.

In fact, he called on the WEF to start the great reset over five years ago (see video below), but this year he’s saying that COVID-19 is the most urgent reason to restructure all of society and the global economy.


WEF Chairman Hopes Forum Will Help Push "Reset" Button on World Economy





Related: ID2020


The great reset agenda was already in place long before the coronavirus pandemic, and the WEF was just waiting for a crisis to exploit it.


Prior to this year, implementing worldwide lockdowns that destroy businesses, wreck the economy, and leave people destitute and stripped of their constitutional rights while trying to enact invasive contact tracing, immunity passports, and otherwise massive bio-electronic surveillance apparatuses would never have been accepted by the citizens of a free society.

The so-called great reset is an old ideology touted for decades by globalists like Henry Kissinger, who opined in 2014, “Never before has a new world order had to be assembled from so many different perceptions, or on so global a scale.”



Related: “What Is The Great Reset?”: A Blatant Propaganda Video By The World Economic Forum

The great reset is the proposed mechanism for setting in motion a new global order, but it wouldn’t be possible to bring forth such a bold plan without a global crisis, be it manufactured or of unfortunate happenstance, that shocks society to its core.


"The pandemic represents a rare but narrow window of opportunity to reflect, reimagine, and reset our world to create a healthier, more equitable, and more prosperous future.”

- Klaus Schwab, WEF

In this story, I will attempt to dissect:

What types of invasive surveillance technologies will be required by the great reset

Why the great reset is being re-branded and pushed in 2020

How the Davos crowd is trying to sell the great reset Utopia

Who will be asked to give up their privacy for the common good

When humans become hackable

Where you have the power to choose 

With the arrival of the coronavirus pandemic, the WEF has the perfect excuse to quickly enact its vision for steering society towards a more invasive and intrusive, technocratic future in the name of serving the common good.

The un-elected architects of the great reset envision a Utopian world of inclusivity, equality, and sustainability that will require trust in emerging technologies like AI, 5G, Blockchain, and robotics, in order to usher in their golden dawn.



Click on the image above to view a larger version in a new window

Related: The Global Takeover Is Underway & A Skeptical Look At The ‘Great Reset’: A Technocratic Agenda That Waited Years For A Global Crisis To Exploit


Great Reset Will Require Trust in Invasive Surveillance Tech: WEF Promotes Health Passports & Contact Tracing

In order to bring about the great reset, it will require trust in the technology, and to be more specific, the WEF would like to have greater trust in “crisis-relevant tech,” which includes developing digital health passports and contact tracing, under a new form of internet governance.


“The use of digital technology during the COVID-19 crisis offers clear lessons […] Target mistrust broadly to enable specific crisis-relevant tech”

- Daniel Dobrygowski, WEF

“The Great Reset will require new institutions and business models, and new digital technologies to build them,” wrote the WEF Head of Corporate Governance and Trust, Daniel Dobrygowski, in a blog post. “The necessary collaboration, however, is only possible if we solve the digital trust problem,” he added.

According to the Dobrygowski, “The use of digital technology during the COVID-19 crisis offers clear lessons,” one of those being, “Target mistrust broadly to enable specific crisis-relevant tech.”



Related: Microsoft President Warns 2024 Will Look Like Orwell's '1984' If We Don't Stop AI Police State

The WEF openly supports the development of so-called “crisis-relevant tech” as evidenced by its backing the development of health passports, which act as digital records of your health status to determine whether or not you are free to travel or even go outside.

Earlier this year the WEF announced it was supporting the development and launch of CommonPass - a platform whose mission is “to develop and launch a standard global model to enable people to securely document and present their COVID-19 status (either as test results or an eventual vaccination status) to facilitate international travel and border crossing while keeping their health information private.”


"Contact tracing apps can be powerful weapons against the virus – but they can also be tools for state surveillance."

- WEF report

The WEF also lent its support to another health passport initiative called CovidPass, which was built by one of the WEF’s own “Young Global Leaders,” Mustapha Mokass, who used to be an advisor at the World Bank.

CovidPass “uses blockchain technology to store encrypted data from individual blood tests, allowing users to prove that they have tested negative for COVID-19.”

In supporting both CommonPass and CovidPass, the Davos elite have made it clear they want “crisis-relevant tech” like health passports to be part of the great reset solution.

Ask yourself, would the idea of being forced to electronically prove your current health status in order to travel or even leave your own home have been acceptable 10 months ago?

Why is this happening now?

The die was cast years ago, but only now do the Davos elite see a shrinking, yet golden opportunity, to create a new world order out of the coronavirus chaos.



Related: H.G. Wells' Dystopic Vision Comes Alive With The Great Reset Agenda


COVID Presents a ‘Shrinking, Golden Opportunity’, Great Reset Is Not a Response to the Coronavirus

In June Prince Charles praised the great reset agenda for its potential to “make people more receptive to big visions of change” after having suffered through “unprecedented schockwaves.”

“We have a golden opportunity to seize something good from this crisis - its unprecedented shockwaves may well make people more receptive to big visions of change,” the prince told the WEF.


Would the idea of being forced to electronically prove your current health status in order to travel or even leave your own home have been acceptable 10 months ago?

Prince Charles may have let on more than he cared to share, or thought you would notice. Again, he’s telling you that the great reset was always the plan.

COVID-19 is the excuse.

In other words, the coronavirus crisis presents a golden opportunity for the global establishment to further its agenda upon a frightful and angry population that has been so beaten down by the pandemic and subsequent lockdowns that they will have become more susceptible to giving over their freedoms to the idea of greater centralized power and control.


Prince Charles Says Pandemic a Chance to 'Think Big and Act Now’





Related: ‘The Black Spider Memos': Prince Charles, Secrecy And The British Government

Prince Charles went on, “As we move from rescue to recovery, we have a unique but rapidly shrinking window of opportunity to learn lessons and reset ourselves on a more sustainable path. It is an opportunity we have never had before and may never have again.”


“We have a golden opportunity to seize something good from this crisis — its unprecedented shockwaves may well make people more receptive to big visions of change.”

- Prince Charles

The British royal’s words echo those of WEF Director Schwab, who said, “The pandemic represents a rare but narrow window of opportunity to reflect, reimagine, and reset our world to create a healthier, more equitable, and more prosperous future.”

Again, why is the window of opportunity so narrow? Could the seeds of their grand strategy only flower while the world was distracted and divided amidst the chaos?



Related: Interpretation and Investigation: The Conspiracy Theory Trap


The Lure of Utopia Has Many Hooks: Giving Up Privacy & Freedom for the Common Good

Prior to this year, implementing worldwide lockdowns that destroy businesses, wreck the economy, and leave people destitute and stripped of their constitutional rights while trying to enact invasive contact tracing, immunity passports, and otherwise massive bio-electronic surveillance apparatuses would never have been accepted by the citizens of a free society.

But the coronavirus pandemic has opened a “narrow window” for a “golden opportunity,” and once this crisis is over, the Davos club fears that the window may be shut forever.

The WEF admits in its own contact tracing governance framework that “Contact tracing apps can be powerful weapons against the virus – but they can also be tools for state surveillance.”

Yet, the WEF believes that people should balance certain freedoms to serve the common good. It is a global vision without a clear end, and it is one that flies in the face of constitutional republics that protect certain unalienable rights.


“This new mindset would balance concerns over privacy and other issues with the potential to create value and improve lives.”

- WEF report

According to the WEF framework, enacting contact tracing technology would “not be easy and will require a new social consensus that embraces the use of technology to resolve problems for the good of all.”

Additionally, “This new mindset would balance concerns over privacy and other issues with the potential to create value and improve lives.”



Related: How Our AI Computer Forecasts the Failure of Schwab & World Economic Forum

In order to enact invasive technologies upon the population, citizens of the world will have to realize that it’s for the greater good and that they should change their mindsets to be less concerned about “privacy and other issues” and more excited about “the potential to create value and improve lives.”


“The great reset “will require stronger and more effective governments […] and it will demand private-sector engagement every step of the way”

- Klaus Schwab, WEF

Just about every proponent of contact tracing and health passports, including the WEF, all declare that technology should be used and governed ethically, but you hardly see any mention of winning the consent of the people.

Instead, they lobby stakeholders and policymakers to carry the torch in imparting the global vision from the top of the capstone and on-down.


“As we move from rescue to recovery, we have a unique but rapidly shrinking window of opportunity to learn lessons and reset ourselves on a more sustainable path. It is an opportunity we have never had before and may never have again”

- Prince Charles

If the coronavirus were to disappear from the earth today, would the WEF have to wait for a new global crisis, or would it push-on with the same reset agenda, regardless?

According to the WEF director, the great reset “will require stronger and more effective governments […] and it will demand private-sector engagement every step of the way.”

“The world must act jointly and swiftly to revamp all aspects of our societies and economies, from education to social contracts and working conditions,” he added. “We must build entirely new foundations for our economic and social systems.”



Related: Resetting Politics And The Media

In creating order out of the coronavirus chaos, the great reset promises to bring about “a more secure, more equal, and more stable world.”

Is that how they plan to win our trust? By promising us a Utopia if we just go along with it?


Bio-Electronic Surveillance and Hackable Humans

We haven’t even gotten into how the great reset would affect the world’s money system and the role of blockchain and digital payments, but when you look at digital health passports and contact tracing apps, you are looking at sophisticated form of bio-electronic surveillance that the world has never been seen before.


“We are no longer mysterious souls; we are now hackable animals.”

- Yuval Harari, WEF

When you combine biological data with advanced computing power, what you get is the ability to hack humans.

Speaking in Davos over the past few years, historian Yuval Harari has stated that “organisms are algorithms” and that “new technologies will soon give some corporations and governments the ability to hack human beings.”


How to Survive the 21st Century




Related: You’ll Own Nothing and Be Happy!? - The Great Reset


“The power to hack human beings can of course be used for good purposes like provided much better healthcare,” said Harari, adding, “but if this power falls into the hands of a 21st Century Stalin, the result will be the worst totalitarian regime in human history, and we already have a number of applicants for the job of 21st Century Stalin.”

“In Stalin’s USSR the State monitored members of the Communist elite more than anyone else. The same will be true of future total surveillance regimes.”

The great reset calls to restructure every aspect of society, and it can only do so if people trust the increasingly invasive, bio-electronic surveillance technology they wish to deploy.


“In Stalin’s USSR the State monitored members of the Communist elite more than anyone else. The same will be true of future total surveillance regimes”

- Yuval Harari, WEF

The more people know that someone is watching them, the more they will change their behavior. Just being aware that someone is monitoring your every digital transaction, will cause you to conform to certain norms.

As a population grows-up under massive surveillance, it will adapt its behavior to appear normal to society but compliant to authority. Over time, the citizens will police themselves out of fear.

Take a look at Communist China’s surveillance state, and you will see what I mean.



Related: The World Economic Forum Talks About “Mind Control Using Sound Waves” & Total Individual Control Technology – Insider Exposes How You And Your DNA Are Being Targeted


The WEF Wants to Win Your Trust, You Have a Choice

Tyranny arrives in subtle stages. It’s slow at first, but before you realize it even exists, it has already won.

That is what I see happening with the unholy merger of “the great reset” with “the new normal.”

Those who pull the strings have been begging for a global crisis to unleash their worldwide restructuring of society and the economy.

This year, in the face of a global pandemic, an un-elected body of global lobbyists based in Davos, Switzerland has asked you to have faith in their vision of a technocratic Utopia, knowing full well they could never issue such a request had it not been for the golden opportunity they had all been waiting for.

And that is where your power lies, dear reader. It’s your choice.

You can believe the WEF vision shared by some of the world’s most influential bureaucrats, or you can be skeptical of the whole establishment agenda that asks you to just trust the plan.


Related Articles:

Our Elites Learned from Zionists How to Control Explanations to Benefit Their Power and Wealth

2020 ‘The Year Socialism Went Mainstream’: Nikki Haley

Bill Gates Buying Up Huge Amount of Farmland While ‘Great Reset’ Tells Americans Future is No Private Property

Who Controls the World?

The New Year’s Eve “Virtual Light Show” at the Seattle Space Needle Was Highly Symbolic

WHO IS WE - The Great Reset. Self-appointed world "leaders" - Did you vote them in?

NYT Column Suggests Biden Hire A ‘Reality Czar’ & Establish A ‘Truth Commission’

“What is the Great Reset?”: A Blatant Propaganda Video by the World Economic Forum

Calling for an “American Ministry of Truth”. The US Media’s Dystopian “2021”

Greta Thunberg Triggers Criminal Investigation In India After Twitter Debacle

Antifa’s True Goals and Tactics Exposed: Andy Ngo

The World is Ruled by the Luciferian Pharaonic Oligarchy

Robert F. Kennedy Jr. Pens Encyclopedic Account Of Bill Gates’ ‘Neo-Feudalism’

Johnny Vedmore Interview – The “Great” Reset & The Shrouded Family History Of Klaus Schwab

The Resurrection of the Third Reich in Amerika

Flying-Robo Harvester Picks Ripe Fruit, Set To Displace Humans

Opinion: An Amazon Book Burning

Loomer - Is the Next Step For Cancel Culture To Drive Certain People From All Society?

Was Texas a Planned Target?

The Infantilization of American Adults

Big Tech ‘Aiding’ Beijing in Its Push for Global Dominance, Sen. Blackburn Says

Massive New Report Exposes Bill Gates' Global Control Grid

Alan Dershowitz: All Americans Need to Fight Cancel Culture

Bill Gates Goes Full Captain Planet, Wants To Change 'Every Aspect Of Economy' While We Dine On Fake Meat



Globalists Will Need Another Crisis In As Their Reset Agenda Fails

It might sound like “US exceptionalism” to point this out (…and how very dare I), but even if the globalist Reset is successful in every other nation on Earth, the globalists are still failures if they can’t secure and subjugate the American people.



As I’ve noted many times in the past, most of the world has been sufficiently disarmed, and even though we are seeing resistance in multiple European nations against forced vaccination legislation and medical tyranny, it is unlikely that they will have the ability to actually repel a full on march into totalitarianism.

Related: A Timeline Of "The Great Reset" Agenda

Most of Asia, India, New Zealand and Australia are already well under control. Africa is almost an afterthought , considering Africa is where many suspect vaccines are tested.

America represents the only significant obstacle to the agenda.

Conservative Americans in particular have been a thorn in the side of the globalists for generations, and it really comes down to a simple matter of mutual exclusion:

You cannot have an openly globalist society and conservative ideals at the same time in the same place. It is impossible.

Conservatives believe in limited government, true free markets, individual liberty, the value of life, freedom of speech, private property rights, the right to self defense, the right to self determination, freedom of religion, and the non-aggression principle (we won’t harm you unless you try to harm us).

None of these ideals can exist in a globalist world because globalism is at its core the pursuit of a fully centralized tyranny.


There are people on this planet that are not satisfied to merely live their lives, take care of their families and make their mark peacefully.

They crave power over all else.



Related: Great Reset? Putin Says, "Not So Fast"

They desperately want control over you, over me, over everything, and they will use any means at their disposal to get it. I would compare it to a kind of drug addiction; globalists are like crack addicts, they can never get enough power, there is always something more to take.

They tell themselves and others that they are “philanthropists”, that “they know what is best” for the rest of us. They believe themselves superior and therefore it is their “destiny” to dictate and micro-manage society for the “greater good” of us all.

But really, when we witness their methods it becomes clear that they have no noble aspirations. They have no empathy or honor.

They don’t care about the average human being, or the environment, or the economy or society in general. They only care about themselves and their delusions of grandeur. These people are a cancer on the rest of civilization.

They seem to be particularly obsessed with deconstructing and sabotaging America in the pursuit of their global Reset. Real philanthropists would not have a problem if someone didn’t want to accept their “charity”, but psychopaths cannot abide a group of people rejecting them and their ideology.

You are not allowed to walk away from them. You are not allowed to do things your own way. You must be forced to comply. The agenda only works if EVERYONE submits.




EUROPA: The Last Battle





Related: Pope Francis Calls For “New World Order” As Fauci Pushes “Globalization”





Unfortunately for the globalists, the Reset is not working out for them everywhere. In the US, the agenda is failing miserably compared to Asia and parts of Europe.

As the head of the World Economic Forum, Klaus Schwab, is so fond of reminding us, the Covid pandemic is the “perfect opportunity” to push forward the globalist plans for a total Reset of human economy and society.

To the globalists, the crisis is a panacea, a doorway to their version of a better world. They love the pandemic, they are not distressed by it.

The problem is, it’s not doing enough damage or terrifying enough people.

Consider the Event 201 coronavirus pandemic simulation - It was held by the World Economic Forum and the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation only two months before the real thing “coincidentally” happened in early 2020.

The pandemic war game was less about saving lives and more about how the elites planned to keep the public under control. The suppression of alternative media and censorship in social media was discussed at great length. Dissenting voices need to be silenced if the Reset is going to prevail.

One factor within the Event 201 simulation that never played out, though, was the WEF projections on deaths. The war game suggested at least 65 million initial deaths due to the pandemic.



Related: A Primer For The Propagandized: Fear Is The Mind-Killer & Whistleblower: Newspaper Industry Chiefs Criminally Negligent Over Covid Scaremongering

Early projections on the death rate suggested 2% to 3% of the population or more. The same projections were repeated by the UN’s World Health Organization when the real pandemic was first revealed to the public.

Instead, Covid-19 has been a letdown for the globalists, with a tiny death rate of around 0.26% outside of nursing homes. Meaning, 99.7% of the population has nothing to worry about from covid. Millions of Americans are becoming savvy to the situation and are refusing to comply with mandates over a virus that is a non-threat.

Instead of backing off of the Reset scheme, the globalists are continuing to double down. Why? Because they have no other choice. They let the cat out of the bag and bloviating big-mouths like Klaus Schwab told the world exactly what the plan is.

If they retreat now, they might NEVER get another chance to implement a world centralization plan; a massive grift which requires medical tyranny in order to prevent rebellion.

You see, if the death rate had been dramatically higher than 0.26% and covid represented a legitimate threat, then maybe a larger portion of the US population would have been on board with longer term restrictions and medical passports.

Maybe not. The fact remains that 40% of deaths have been in nursing homes among patients with preexisting illnesses, the death rate outside of these facilities is minimal, the mask mandates have been proven completely ineffective and the states that have remained open and removed mask mandates have FALLING death and infection rates when compared to states that are enforcing lockdowns.



Related: Schwab Family Values

The fear narrative is falling apart. States across the US are opening and are refusing to implement useless mandates. In my home state of Montana, legislators and the governor are passing laws that forbid the enforcement of medical passports. Even major corporations are not allowed to demand vaccine passports from customers or employees.

On top of that, 40% to 50% of the US population in polls are refusing to comply with the vaccine rollout or medical passports. Why take a vaccine for a virus that 99.7% of the population is unaffected by anyway?

The jig is up. The globalists are going to need another crisis if they hope to enforce further lockdowns in the US, along with medical passports and disarmament.

Do not be surprised if there is more engineered chaos going into the summer months. But what will the next crisis look like? I think we are already seeing the signs…


Covid Mutations

The mainstream media is pushing a non-stop narrative of covid mutation hype.

We hear about UK and Brazilian variants on a weekly basis, and the assertion has been that surely, these variants will be more infectious and more deadly that the original virus.

There is still no proof whatsoever to confirm this, but the globalists only care about planting the idea in people’s heads.

They only care about reigniting the fear.

My feeling is that this strategy is going to fail, at least in the US. Too many Americans [Westerners] are aware of the con game, and a new virus threat is not going to have the same effect as Covid-19 did in the early months of the pandemic.

None of us really knew what we were facing back then, and caution was a practical response.

Today, we know for a fact that covid is not a concern for the vast majority of the public. Media attempts to amp up the threat will be ineffective, but they will of course still try.



Related: Ardern Takes Swipe At David Seymour, Denies Cabinet ‘Have Made Decisions’


BLM Riots

This is the next obvious tactic on the part of the establishment. Numerous state officials are openly supporting renewed riots across the country due to a recent police shooting in Minnesota.

The shooting itself was accidental, with the suspect violently resisting arrest and leaping into his car. A female officer grabbed her pistol in a panic instead of her taser and fired.

This event had nothing to do with racism, and nothing to do with police brutality. But, that’s not stopping Marxist groups like BLM from taking advantage and making it all about “white supremacy”. The real danger of unrest, however, will arrive at the closing of the Derek Chauvin trial.

With the trial coming to an end, evidence has been revealed that George Floyd was involved in heavy drug use and the medical examiner indicated that this along with heart disease were contributing factors to Floyd’s death.

A “speed ball” containing Fentanyl was also discovered in the back of the police cruiser in which Floyd was originally restrained.



Related: The Top Four Reasons Why Many People, Doctors And Scientists Refuse To Take The COVID Vaccine & A New Zealand Doctor Speaks Out Against COVID Policies

So, even if Derek Chauvin’s knee to the neck tactic helped kill Floyd, it is unlikely that a jury will convict him of 1st or 2nd degree murder based on the evidence. Any lesser charges will undoubtedly trigger more BLM riots.

Conveniently, these powderkeg events are taking place at the onset of the warm spring and summer months, which is prime time for riots.

My concern is that civil unrest will be allowed to spread and fester in the US until regular citizens start taking matters into their own hands.

And, of course, any community that tries to defend itself against looting and destruction will be accused of “racist aggression” - At which time the Biden "Administration" will then try to assert the authority to institute martial law measures in various regions. This combined with renewed attempts at covid lockdowns is a highly likely scenario.


Cyber Polygon

Just as the Event 201 simulation of a coronavirus pandemic preceded the real thing by only two months, there are concerns that the next World Economic Forum simulation event will also be a precursor to another crisis.

Cyber Polygon is a war game being held by the WEF this July which is meant to simulate a major cyber attack on the global supply chain and the economic system. There has been endless discussion in the media the past year building up fears of cyber attacks by Russia, China, Iran and even North Korea.



Related: The Importance Being Awake

In terms of supply chain threats, I’m not sure exactly how a cyber attack could do much to disrupt global shipping, unless we are talking about another blockage in a major shipping route like the Suez Canal.

But, a successful attack on stock exchanges in places like Wall Street could be devastating. I suggest watching this event carefully as it may be designed to precede a real cyber attack sometime this year.


Global War Tensions

The media and the Biden Administration are very busy trying to create tensions with Russia over Ukraine. There are renewed tensions between Iran and Israel and continued destabilization by the West in Syria. And, a rising danger of confrontation with China over Taiwan.

War could be the goal, or, the goal could merely be economic conflict. After all, China has already been dumping dollars and US treasuries the past year, and it would not take much to cause damage to the dollar’s world reserve status if China and Russia both diversified into a basket of currencies for global trade.

Beyond that, there are many advantages for globalists in creating regional wars and drawing Americans into pointless conflicts. For example, the threat of war could be used to institute a new draft.

What better way to keep American men in particular busy and stop them from rebellion against the Reset than to draft them so they can die in a meaningless war overseas?

There is also a narrative advantage to global tensions; when presented with a foreign threat, are Americans more likely to reject notions of rebellion against government trespasses?



Related: Is The Globalist "Reset" Failing? The Elites May Have Overplayed Their Hand

I have no doubt that the establishment will try to claim the liberty movement is not a movement for freedom, but an “astro-turf” movement created by the Russians to destabilize America.

This has been the leftist media propaganda strategy for years now; so why would they stop?

The bottom line is this: America is the primary target of the globalists because we are one of the only countries with the means and the numbers to stop them and the Reset.

Until they are removed from the equation they will continue to throw crisis after crisis at us in order to wear us down and force us to accept totalitarianism.

Do not get too comfortable in the fact that the pandemic agenda is failing here; stay alert and continue to organize your communities.


Related Articles:

The New mRNA COVID Vaccines Inject An Operating System Into Your Body - Not A Conspiracy Theory, Moderna Admits It & Open Letter to NZ MPs - Lockdown Is A Disastrous Error

What Is The Real Purpose Of The Lockdowns? + How A False Hydroxychloroquine Narrative Was Created

Gaslighting, Unending Lockdowns and Climate Change

"We Don't Debate with Anti-Vaxxers Whether They're Right Or Wrong", Says BBC

Will covid-19 vaccines save lives? Current trials aren’t designed to tell us

Covid-19 Symposium 2021: Dr Simon Thornley, Epidemiologist University of Auckland

War Castles: Military Insider! Understanding the Deep State Shipping/Banking Wars & the Significance of Robert J Gould

Our Descent Into Collective Madness

Opinion: The Denial of Evil: The Case of Communism

A Small Number of Psychopaths Control Society

A Damned Murder Inc: Kennedy’s Battle Against the Leviathan

Woke-a-Cola: How To Destroy A World-Leading Brand In 60 Seconds

Pelosi Claims Capitol Is Under Threat From ‘All The President’s Men’

Tucker: ‘Troops Will Never Leave DC; They’re There To Prop Up The Regime’

Michael Burry Slams "Out Of Touch, Rich White Man" Bill Gates

Is Bill Gates Senile?

Sen. Scott: ‘Woke Supremacy’ is Just as Dangerous as White Supremacy

More Evidence the US Fought WWII Against Great Britain

Testosterone and exercise; veracity of people with mental health difficulties; and doctors' comments curtailed

Totalitarianism Is Entrenched In America

The Truth on Hidden Human History (3/3)

The Sequel To The Fall Of The Cabal

World Economic Forum Backpedals

The Great Reset is a ‘coup’ by the globalist elite

“The Great Reset” Is Here: Follow the Money. “Insane Lockdown” of the Global Economy, “The Green Agenda”

“The Sloppy Dossier”: Plagiarism and “Fake Intelligence” Used to Justify the 2003 War on Iraq: Copied and Pasted from the Internet into an “Official” British Intel Report

The New Order of the Barbarians

Zionist Global communist takeover wake up

Department of Defense Training Manual Defines Christians as Extremists

“The Great Reset” Is Here: Follow the Money. “Insane Lockdown” of the Global Economy, “The Green Agenda”

The Bilderberg Group is the Nazi connection

We Are Now Entering Full-Blown Tyranny In The Western World

The Super Rich To Escape To New Zealand For Safety

The Covid Vaccine Is an Integral Part of “The Great Reset”

Mass Awakening Required

The French Military Warns Macron of a Military Coup

Red States Are Fighting Back Against The Reset – What Does This Mean For The Future?

Dinesh D’Souza: Emerging Totalitarian Mindset Seen in People Reporting on Neighbors

Has The Mainstream Media Finally Turned Against Bill Gates?

A Mom’s Research (Part 4): Why Are Many Elites Leftists?

The Gestapo came again attacking the Church

William Shakespeare and the New World Order: “Hell is Empty and all the Devils are Here”

The War of Global Corporate Wealth against Life and Humanity

America Is Playing With Fire...

NY Professor Warns Basic Education Regarding America’s Founding Being Replaced With Globalist Indoctrination

Learn The Secrets of Bill And Melinda Gates’ Divorce From Alex Jones

How They Use Fear to Control You



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Your Brain Is Not A Computer
June 5 2021 | From: Sott / Various

No matter how hard they try, brain scientists and cognitive psychologists will never find a copy of Beethoven’s 5th Symphony in the brain – or copies of words, pictures, grammatical rules or any other kinds of environmental stimuli.




The human brain isn’t really empty, of course. But it does not contain most of the things people think it does – not even simple things such as ‘memories’.

Related: The Body Is Not A Computer, So Stop Thinking Of It As One

Our shoddy thinking about the brain has deep historical roots, but the invention of computers in the 1940's got us especially confused. For more than half a century now, psychologists, linguists, neuroscientists and other experts on human behaviour have been asserting that the human brain works like a computer.

[Comment: This article takes into account the currently held mainstream of what a 'computer' is - it does not take into account black project technologies that are far more advanced.]


To see how vacuous this idea is, consider the brains of babies. Thanks to evolution, human neonates, like the newborns of all other mammalian species, enter the world prepared to interact with it effectively.

A baby's vision is blurry, but it pays special attention to faces, and is quickly able to identify its mother's. It prefers the sound of voices to non-speech sounds, and can distinguish one basic speech sound from another. We are, without doubt, built to make social connections.

A healthy newborn is also equipped with more than a dozen reflexes - ready-made reactions to certain stimuli that are important for its survival. It turns its head in the direction of something that brushes its cheek and then sucks whatever enters its mouth. It holds its breath when submerged in water.



Related: Research Shocks Scientists: Human Emotion Physically Shapes Reality

It grasps things placed in its hands so strongly it can nearly support its own weight. Perhaps most important, newborns come equipped with powerful learning mechanisms that allow them to change rapidly so they can interact increasingly effectively with their world, even if that world is unlike the one their distant ancestors faced.

Senses, reflexes and learning mechanisms - this is what we start with, and it is quite a lot, when you think about it. If we lacked any of these capabilities at birth, we would probably have trouble surviving.

But here is what we are not born with: information, data, rules, software, knowledge, lexicons, representations, algorithms, programs, models, memories, images, processors, subroutines, encoders, decoders, symbols, or buffers - design elements that allow digital computers to behave somewhat intelligently. Not only are we not born with such things, we also don't develop them - ever.

We don't store words or the rules that tell us how to manipulate them. We don't create representations of visual stimuli, store them in a short-term memory buffer, and then transfer the representation into a long-term memory device. We don't retrieve information or images or words from memory registers. Computers do all of these things, but organisms do not.



Related: US Patent 6506148 B2 Confirms Human Nervous System Manipulation Through Your Computer & TV + Biological Effects Of Living Near A Cell Phone Tower

Computers, quite literally, process information - numbers, letters, words, formulas, images. The information first has to be encoded into a format computers can use, which means patterns of ones and zeroes ('bits') organised into small chunks ('bytes').

On my computer, each byte contains 64 bits, and a certain pattern of those bits stands for the letter d, another for the letter o, and another for the letter g. Side by side, those three bytes form the word dog.

One single image - say, the photograph of my cat Henry on my desktop - is represented by a very specific pattern of a million of these bytes ('one megabyte'), surrounded by some special characters that tell the computer to expect an image, not a word.

Computers, quite literally, move these patterns from place to place in different physical storage areas etched into electronic components. Sometimes they also copy the patterns, and sometimes they transform them in various ways - say, when we are correcting errors in a manuscript or when we are touching up a photograph.

The rules computers follow for moving, copying and operating on these arrays of data are also stored inside the computer. Together, a set of rules is called a 'program' or an 'algorithm'. A group of algorithms that work together to help us do something (like buy stocks or find a date online) is called an 'application' - what most people now call an 'app'.



Related: Government’s Vital Control Structure: Computers Manipulate Facebook Users - Governments Control The People

Forgive me for this introduction to computing, but I need to be clear: computers really do operate on symbolic representations of the world. They really store and retrieve. They really process. They really have physical memories. They really are guided in everything they do, without exception, by algorithms.

Humans, on the other hand, do not - never did, never will. Given this reality, why do so many scientists talk about our mental life as if we were computers?

In his book In Our Own Image (2015), the artificial intelligence expert George Zarkadakis describes six different metaphors people have employed over the past 2,000 years to try to explain human intelligence.

In the earliest one, eventually preserved in the Bible, humans were formed from clay or dirt, which an intelligent god then infused with its spirit. That spirit 'explained' our intelligence - grammatically, at least.

The invention of hydraulic engineering in the 3rd century BCE led to the popularity of a hydraulic model of human intelligence, the idea that the flow of different fluids in the body - the 'humours' - accounted for both our physical and mental functioning. The hydraulic metaphor persisted for more than 1,600 years, handicapping medical practice all the while.



Related: Total Individual Control Technology – Insider Exposes How You And Your DNA Are Being Targeted & Psychotechnology: How Artificial Intelligence Is Designed To Change Humanity

By the 1500s, automata powered by springs and gears had been devised, eventually inspiring leading thinkers such as René Descartes to assert that humans are complex machines. In the 1600s, the British philosopher Thomas Hobbes suggested that thinking arose from small mechanical motions in the brain.

By the 1700s, discoveries about electricity and chemistry led to new theories of human intelligence - again, largely metaphorical in nature. In the mid-1800s, inspired by recent advances in communications, the German physicist Hermann von Helmholtz compared the brain to a telegraph.

The mathematician John von Neumann stated flatly that the function of the human nervous system is 'prima facie digital', drawing parallel after parallel between the components of the computing machines of the day and the components of the human brain

Each metaphor reflected the most advanced thinking of the era that spawned it. Predictably, just a few years after the dawn of computer technology in the 1940s, the brain was said to operate like a computer, with the role of physical hardware played by the brain itself and our thoughts serving as software.



Related: The Transhumanist Agenda And The [Attempted] Future Of Humanity

The landmark event that launched what is now broadly called 'cognitive science' was the publication of Language and Communication (1951) by the psychologist George Miller. Miller proposed that the mental world could be studied rigorously using concepts from information theory, computation and linguistics.

This kind of thinking was taken to its ultimate expression in the short book The Computer and the Brain (1958), in which the mathematician John von Neumann stated flatly that the function of the human nervous system is 'prima facie digital'.

Although he acknowledged that little was actually known about the role the brain played in human reasoning and memory, he drew parallel after parallel between the components of the computing machines of the day and the components of the human brain.

Propelled by subsequent advances in both computer technology and brain research, an ambitious multidisciplinary effort to understand human intelligence gradually developed, firmly rooted in the idea that humans are, like computers, information processors.

This effort now involves thousands of researchers, consumes billions of dollars in funding, and has generated a vast literature consisting of both technical and mainstream articles and books.



Related: Our Brains Can Predict Future Events Twice as Fast as They Actually Happen

Ray Kurzweil's book How to Create a Mind: The Secret of Human Thought Revealed (2013), exemplifies this perspective, speculating about the 'algorithms' of the brain, how the brain 'processes data', and even how it superficially resembles integrated circuits in its structure.

The information processing (IP) metaphor of human intelligence now dominates human thinking, both on the street and in the sciences.

There is virtually no form of discourse about intelligent human behaviour that proceeds without employing this metaphor, just as no form of discourse about intelligent human behaviour could proceed in certain eras and cultures without reference to a spirit or deity. The validity of the IP metaphor in today's world is generally assumed without question.

But the IP metaphor is, after all, just another metaphor - a story we tell to make sense of something we don't actually understand. And like all the metaphors that preceded it, it will certainly be cast aside at some point - either replaced by another metaphor or, in the end, replaced by actual knowledge.

Upon a visit to one of the world's most prestigious research institutes, I challenged researchers there to account for intelligent human behaviour without reference to any aspect of the IP metaphor. They couldn't do it, and when I politely raised the issue in subsequent email communications, they still had nothing to offer months later.



Related: The Global AI Index - The Artificial Intelligence Arms Race


They saw the problem. They didn't dismiss the challenge as trivial. But they couldn't offer an alternative. In other words, the IP metaphor is 'sticky'. It encumbers our thinking with language and ideas that are so powerful we have trouble thinking around them.

The faulty logic of the IP metaphor is easy enough to state. It is based on a faulty syllogism - one with two reasonable premises and a faulty conclusion.

Reasonable Premise #1: All computers are capable of behaving intelligently

Reasonable Premise #2: All computers are information processors

Faulty Conclusion: All entities that are capable of behaving intelligently are information processors

Setting aside the formal language, the idea that humans must be information processors just because computers are information processors is just plain silly, and when, some day, the IP metaphor is finally abandoned, it will almost certainly be seen that way by historians, just as we now view the hydraulic and mechanical metaphors to be silly.

If the IP metaphor is so silly, why is it so sticky? What is stopping us from brushing it aside, just as we might brush aside a branch that was blocking our path? Is there a way to understand human intelligence without leaning on a flimsy intellectual crutch?



Related: Propaganda Is The Art Of Overwhelming Logic

And what price have we paid for leaning so heavily on this particular crutch for so long? The IP metaphor, after all, has been guiding the writing and thinking of a large number of researchers in multiple fields for decades. At what cost?

In a classroom exercise I have conducted many times over the years, I begin by recruiting a student to draw a detailed picture of a dollar bill - 'as detailed as possible', I say - on the blackboard in front of the room.

When the student has finished, I cover the drawing with a sheet of paper, remove a dollar bill from my wallet, tape it to the board, and ask the student to repeat the task. When he or she is done, I remove the cover from the first drawing, and the class comments on the differences.

Because you might never have seen a demonstration like this, or because you might have trouble imagining the outcome, I have asked Jinny Hyun, one of the student interns at the institute where I conduct my research, to make the two drawings. Here is her drawing 'from memory' (notice the metaphor):



And here is the drawing she subsequently made with a dollar bill present:



Related: The Ongoing Destruction Of The Minds Of Children & The Mass Dumbing Down Of Humanity Is Now Confirmed By Scientists

Jinny was as surprised by the outcome as you probably are, but it is typical. As you can see, the drawing made in the absence of the dollar bill is horrible compared with the drawing made from an exemplar, even though Jinny has seen a dollar bill thousands of times.

What is the problem? Don't we have a 'representation' of the dollar bill 'stored' in a 'memory register' in our brains? Can't we just 'retrieve' it and use it to make our drawing?

Obviously not, and a thousand years of neuroscience will never locate a representation of a dollar bill stored inside the human brain for the simple reason that it is not there to be found.

A wealth of brain studies tells us, in fact, that multiple and sometimes large areas of the brain are often involved in even the most mundane memory tasks.

When strong emotions are involved, millions of neurons can become more active
.



Related: Electronic Torture + 21st-Century Bio-Hacking And Bio-Robotizing

In a 2016 study of survivors of a plane crash by the University of Toronto neuropsychologist Brian Levine and others, recalling the crash increased neural activity in 'the amygdala, medial temporal lobe, anterior and posterior midline, and visual cortex' of the passengers.

The idea, advanced by several scientists, that specific memories are somehow stored in individual neurons is preposterous; if anything, that assertion just pushes the problem of memory to an even more challenging level: how and where, after all, is the memory stored in the cell?

So what is occurring when Jinny draws the dollar bill in its absence? If Jinny had never seen a dollar bill before, her first drawing would probably have not resembled the second drawing at all. Having seen dollar bills before, she was changed in some way.

Specifically, her brain was changed in a way that allowed her to visualise a dollar bill - that is, to re-experience seeing a dollar bill, at least to some extent.

The difference between the two diagrams reminds us that visualising something (that is, seeing something in its absence) is far less accurate than seeing something in its presence. This is why we're much better at recognising than recalling.



Related: Human brain found to contain multi-dimensional holographic geometry that might be involved in forming memories

When we re-member something (from the Latin re, 'again', and memorari, 'be mindful of'), we have to try to relive an experience; but when we recognise something, we must merely be conscious of the fact that we have had this perceptual experience before.

Perhaps you will object to this demonstration. Jinny had seen dollar bills before, but she hadn't made a deliberate effort to 'memorise' the details. Had she done so, you might argue, she could presumably have drawn the second image without the bill being present.

Even in this case, though, no image of the dollar bill has in any sense been 'stored' in Jinny's brain. She has simply become better prepared to draw it accurately, just as, through practice, a pianist becomes more skilled in playing a concerto without somehow inhaling a copy of the sheet music.



Related: The Secret Meeting That Changed Rap Music And Destroyed A Generation & The Troubling Case Of Paz de la Huerta And Her (Now Deleted) Instagram Account

From this simple exercise, we can begin to build the framework of a metaphor-free theory of intelligent human behaviour - one in which the brain isn't completely empty, but is at least empty of the baggage of the IP metaphor.


As we navigate through the world, we are changed by a variety of experiences. Of special note are experiences of three types:

1. We observe what is happening around us (other people behaving, sounds of music, instructions directed at us, words on pages, images on screens)

2. We are exposed to the pairing of unimportant stimuli (such as sirens) with important stimuli (such as the appearance of police cars);

3. We are punished or rewarded for behaving in certain ways.


We become more effective in our lives if we change in ways that are consistent with these experiences - if we can now recite a poem or sing a song, if we are able to follow the instructions we are given, if we respond to the unimportant stimuli more like we do to the important stimuli, if we refrain from behaving in ways that were punished, if we behave more frequently in ways that were rewarded.

Misleading headlines notwithstanding, no one really has the slightest idea how the brain changes after we have learned to sing a song or recite a poem. But neither the song nor the poem has been 'stored' in it. The brain has simply changed in an orderly way that now allows us to sing the song or recite the poem under certain conditions.

When called on to perform, neither the song nor the poem is in any sense 'retrieved' from anywhere in the brain, any more than my finger movements are 'retrieved' when I tap my finger on my desk. We simply sing or recite - no retrieval necessary.



Related: Neuroscience Says Listening To This Song Reduces Anxiety By Up To 65 Percent + The Miracle Of 528 Hz Solfeggio And Fibonacci Numbers

A few years ago, I asked the neuroscientist Eric Kandel of Columbia University - winner of a Nobel Prize for identifying some of the chemical changes that take place in the neuronal synapses of the Aplysia (a marine snail) after it learns something - how long he thought it would take us to understand how human memory works.

He quickly replied: 'A hundred years.' I didn't think to ask him whether he thought the IP metaphor was slowing down neuroscience, but some neuroscientists are indeed beginning to think the unthinkable - that the metaphor is not indispensable.

A few cognitive scientists - notably Anthony Chemero of the University of Cincinnati, the author of Radical Embodied Cognitive Science (2009) - now completely reject the view that the human brain works like a computer.

The mainstream view is that we, like computers, make sense of the world by performing computations on mental representations of it, but Chemero and others describe another way of understanding intelligent behaviour - as a direct interaction between organisms and their world.



Related: Six Activities That Will Enrich Your Soul + The Benefits Of Mindfulness

My favourite example of the dramatic difference between the IP perspective and what some now call the 'anti-representational' view of human functioning involves two different ways of explaining how a baseball player manages to catch a fly ball - beautifully explicated by Michael McBeath, now at Arizona State University, and his colleagues in a 1995 paper in Science.

The IP perspective requires the player to formulate an estimate of various initial conditions of the ball's flight - the force of the impact, the angle of the trajectory, that kind of thing - then to create and analyse an internal model of the path along which the ball will likely move, then to use that model to guide and adjust motor movements continuously in time in order to intercept the ball.

That is all well and good if we functioned as computers do, but McBeath and his colleagues gave a simpler account: to catch the ball, the player simply needs to keep moving in a way that keeps the ball in a constant visual relationship with respect to home plate and the surrounding scenery (technically, in a 'linear optical trajectory').

This might sound complicated, but it is actually incredibly simple, and completely free of computations, representations and algorithms.



Related: Is Psychiatry Bullshit? + Fourteen Lies That Our Psychiatry Professors Taught Us In Medical School

Two determined psychology professors at Leeds Beckett University in the UK - Andrew Wilson and Sabrina Golonka - include the baseball example among many others that can be looked at simply and sensibly outside the IP framework.

They have been blogging for years about what they call a 'more coherent, naturalised approach to the scientific study of human behaviour... at odds with the dominant cognitive neuroscience approach'.

This is far from a movement, however; the mainstream cognitive sciences continue to wallow uncritically in the IP metaphor, and some of the world's most influential thinkers have made grand predictions about humanity's future that depend on the validity of the metaphor.

One prediction - made by the futurist Kurzweil, the physicist Stephen Hawking and the neuroscientist Randal Koene, among others - is that, because human consciousness is supposedly like computer software, it will soon be possible to download human minds to a computer, in the circuits of which we will become immensely powerful intellectually and, quite possibly, immortal.

This concept drove the plot of the dystopian movie Transcendence (2014) starring Johnny Depp as the Kurzweil-like scientist whose mind was downloaded to the internet - with disastrous results for humanity.



Related: After Decades Of Brainwashing, MSM & Governments Are Losing Control Of The People

Fortunately, because the IP metaphor is not even slightly valid, we will never have to worry about a human mind going amok in cyberspace; alas, we will also never achieve immortality through downloading.

This is not only because of the absence of consciousness software in the brain; there is a deeper problem here - let's call it the uniqueness problem - which is both inspirational and depressing.

Because neither 'memory banks' nor 'representations' of stimuli exist in the brain, and because all that is required for us to function in the world is for the brain to change in an orderly way as a result of our experiences, there is no reason to believe that any two of us are changed the same way by the same experience.

If you and I attend the same concert, the changes that occur in my brain when I listen to Beethoven's 5th will almost certainly be completely different from the changes that occur in your brain. Those changes, whatever they are, are built on the unique neural structure that already exists, each structure having developed over a lifetime of unique experiences.

This is why, as Sir Frederic Bartlett demonstrated in his book Remembering (1932), no two people will repeat a story they have heard the same way and why, over time, their recitations of the story will diverge more and more.



Related: Becoming Superhuman: A Complete Guide to Developing Real Superpowers and Extraordinary Abilities

No 'copy' of the story is ever made; rather, each individual, upon hearing the story, changes to some extent - enough so that when asked about the story later (in some cases, days, months or even years after Bartlett first read them the story) - they can re-experience hearing the story to some extent, although not very well (see the first drawing of the dollar bill, above).

This is inspirational, I suppose, because it means that each of us is truly unique, not just in our genetic makeup, but even in the way our brains change over time. It is also depressing, because it makes the task of the neuroscientist daunting almost beyond imagination. For any given experience, orderly change could involve a thousand neurons, a million neurons or even the entire brain, with the pattern of change different in every brain.

Worse still, even if we had the ability to take a snapshot of all of the brain's 86 billion neurons and then to simulate the state of those neurons in a computer, that vast pattern would mean nothing outside the body of the brain that produced it.


This is perhaps the most egregious way in which the IP metaphor has distorted our thinking about human functioning. Whereas computers do store exact copies of data - copies that can persist unchanged for long periods of time, even if the power has been turned off - the brain maintains our intellect only as long as it remains alive.

There is no on-off switch. Either the brain keeps functioning, or we disappear. What's more, as the neurobiologist Steven Rose pointed out in The Future of the Brain (2005), a snapshot of the brain's current state might also be meaningless unless we knew the entire life history of that brain's owner - perhaps even about the social context in which he or she was raised.



Related: Civil servant missing most of his brain, still conscious: Your brain is not your mind!

Think how difficult this problem is. To understand even the basics of how the brain maintains the human intellect, we might need to know not just the current state of all 86 billion neurons and their 100 trillion interconnections, not just the varying strengths with which they are connected, and not just the states of more than 1,000 proteins that exist at each connection point, but how the moment-to-moment activity of the brain contributes to the integrity of the system.

Add to this the uniqueness of each brain, brought about in part because of the uniqueness of each person's life history, and Kandel's prediction starts to sound overly optimistic. (In a The New York Times op-ed, the neuroscientist Kenneth Miller suggested it will take 'centuries' just to figure out basic neuronal connectivity.)

Meanwhile, vast sums of money are being raised for brain research, based in some cases on faulty ideas and promises that cannot be kept. The most blatant instance of neuroscience gone awry, documented in a report in Scientific American, concerns the $1.3 billion Human Brain Project launched by the European Union in 2013.



Related: The Cult Of 'Scientism' Explained: How Scientific Claims Behind Cancer, Vaccines, Psychiatric Drugs And GMOs Are Nothing More Than Corporate-Funded Science Fraud

Convinced by the charismatic Henry Markram that he could create a simulation of the entire human brain on a supercomputer by the year 2023, and that such a model would revolutionise the treatment of Alzheimer's disease and other disorders, EU officials funded his project with virtually no restrictions.

Less than two years into it, the project turned into a 'brain wreck', and Markram was asked to step down.

We are organisms, not computers. Get over it. Let's get on with the business of trying to understand ourselves, but without being encumbered by unnecessary intellectual baggage. The IP metaphor has had a half-century run, producing few, if any, insights along the way. The time has come to hit the DELETE key.


Related Articles:

Fluoride Officially Classified As A Neurotoxin In World’s Top Medical Journals & Perfluorinated Chemicals (PFCs) Found In Nearly Half Of All Fast Food Wrappers From McDonald’s, Burger King, Starbucks And other Food Retailers

Cover Stories Are Used To Control Explanations & Medical Propaganda Headlines For Gullible Minds

Mind Control Theories And Techniques Used By Mass Media

How To Stop The Media From Controlling Your Mind + Why The ‘Red Pill’ Has Become So Big

How To Reprogram Your Mind To Take An Active Role In Your Personal Evolution

Scientific American Writer Exposes The Tribal Cultist Arrogance And Dogmatic Lunacy Of Science 'Skeptics'

Many Scientific “Truths” Are, In Fact, False + A Scientist Explains Why "Everything Is Fucked"

“Machine Consciousness” Debunked In New Mini-Documentary + The AI Threat Isn’t Skynet. It’s The End Of The Middle Class



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Ten Ways To Easily Boost Your Serotonin Levels And Live A Happier Life
June 4 2021 | From: NaturalNews

What makes you happy? The answer to this question could be different for every one because happiness is relative.




But one thing’s certain: Increasing your serotonin levels can boost your mood and keep you from sulking and wallowing because of a bad day.

Related: 7 Facts About Depression That Will Blow You Away

Most commonly known as the “happy hormone” serotonin does more than boost your mood. It also has other health benefits, which is why having more of this will make you happy and healthy at the same time. Here are ways to boost your serotonin levels:

1. Eat some animal protein  Feelings of sadness oftentimes feel like they’re just in our heads. Sometimes when you feel bad, you think that your brain (or heart) is responsible but know that thoughts and feelings are more than that. These are results of physiological reactions that happen inside your body.



Related: 50 Small Ways To Increase Your Happiness

An amino acid called tryptophan help produce serotonin so you can start feeling happy. Animal protein is an excellent source of tryptophan so include more chicken, fish, eggs, beef, dairy, even lamb in your diet. Whey and egg protein are scientifically-proven to increase this amino acid in the brain.

2. Get out and enjoy the sun  Natural light have a positive effect on your mood. Sunlight triggers serotonin synthesis. The brighter sunlight you are exposed to, the more serotonin the body produces.



Related: The Drugs May Be The Problem - Inconvenient Truths About Big Pharma And The Psychiatric Industry + Psychologist Speaks Out: Psychiatry Is Misleading Public About Mental Disorders

This is a possible explanation why people feel gloomy on rainy weather.

3. Get enough vitamin D – Vitamin D helps in converting tryptophan into serotonin. You can get this from sun exposure or taking supplements.

4. Add more seafood to your diet – Cod liver oil and marine fat contain vitamin D and long-chain omega-3s that are helpful in boosting the serotonin production in the brain. Ample amounts will also help transport it to the neurons efficiently.

5. Try some more curry – Curry has turmeric, which is considered as a potent anti-depressant.



Related: Nutrition And Mental Health + ADHD Is A Fabricated Disease, Says Reputed Neurologist

This natural mood-lifter helps increase serotonin in the brain.

6. Perk up – There’s a reason why most people need coffee to jolt them out of lethargy. Caffeine, according to some research, has a positive effect on the levels of serotonin in the brain.

7. Break some sweat – Exercise is known to be effective in increasing serotonin levels because motor neurons activated during physical activity boost the release of serotonin.



Related: How Modern Life Separates Us From Nature

Furthermore, regular exercise will spike tryptophan levels in the brain, which means more serotonin for you.

8. Get a massage – When you lie down on the massage table, you feel happy not only because you finally got the chance to relax. You feel good and happy because massage therapy is scientifically-proven to reduce cortisol and increase happy hormones by as much as 28 percent.

9. Munch on more nuts – Nuts contain tryptophan, so the more of these you eat, the happier you should be.



Related: Why Nutritional Psychiatry Is The Future Of Mental Health Treatment + Depression Is A Symptom Of Nutrient Deficiency; Treating It With Drugs Is Not Only Ineffective But Dangerous

Also, nuts can help prevent cancer, heart disease and respiratory ailments.

10. Drink green tea – Drinking green tea is relaxing, no doubt. But it’s also good for the mood. It contains 1-theanine, an amino acid that boosts serotonin levels. It also has a powerful antioxidant that prevents brain damage.

Now that you know that there’s more to feeling happy, you can easily find ways to pull yourself out of a rut and start smiling.


Related Articles:

Non-Addictive Natural Pain Killer Kratom Relieves Chronic Pain, Depression - Leave Rx Drugs Behind


Three Reasons Why Positive Thinking Is Making You More Miserable, And How To Have True Happiness In Life

The Study Of Fundamental Consciousness Entering The Mainstream

Loneliness More Hazardous To Your Health Than Obesity O Smoking

How Facebook Has Become The Strategic Media Mouthpiece For The Global Elite & The Impact Of Social Media On Young People's Mental Health

Having Depression And Anxiety Means Having A Brain Constantly At War With Itself



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Nineteen Ways To Question Your Reality
June 3 2021 | From: TheSleuthJournal

To question your reality in today’s world is a sure sign of sanity. In an ever delusional world where lying newsmen tell fake news, where mendacious politicians spin every event, where mass murder is conducted under the guise of a fake war on terror, where mass-produced food poisons and where medicine kills, it is a sign of great strength of character to challenge the supposed authority figures around you.




It is a sign of something pure and special if you can preserve your open mind and curiosity in the midst of so much propaganda.

Related: New Research Shocks Scientists: Human Emotion Physically Shapes Reality

It is a sign of courage to ask the tough questions that mainstream journalists fear to touch. Here are 20 ways to question your reality:

1. If the point of water fluoridation is not mass medication of the population, and really to help people’s teeth, why is fluoride added to baby nursery water when young babies have no teeth?


2. Why is fluoride, which is really a combination of hydrofluorosilicic acid, sodium fluorosilicate, and sodium fluoride, pure and healthy enough to put in municipal water, yet is an unpurified industrial byproduct considered a toxic hazard by the EPA and used in rat poison, pesticides and Big Pharma antidepressant drugs like Prozac and Paxil?

3. If vaccines are safe, why do they contain known carcinogens such as mercury, aluminum, formaldehyde and MSG, and why do they contain so many toxic and dangerous adjuvants, such as acetone (solvent used in fingernail polish remover), ammonium sulfate, glycerol, phenoxyethanol (antifreeze), polysorbate 80, tri(n)butylphosphate (a neurotoxin) and squalene?




Related: New Mind-Blowing Experiment Confirms That Reality Doesn’t Exist If You Are Not Looking at It

4. If vaccines are great medicine, why do they contain human diploid cells, i.e. aborted fetal tissue?

5. Speaking of cannibalism and the forced ingestion of aborted fetal tissue, why do huge corporations like Pepsi use aborted fetal tissue in testing (and possibly making) their sugary drinks?

6. If vaccines are so effective, why did the scientific journal The Lancet publish a study that found that flu vaccines were only 1.5% effective, i.e. they only worked on 1.5 people out of 100?




Related: The Deeper Reason For Drug Ads On Television & The Pharmaceutical Industry Is Largely Run By Leftists, Stunning New Research Finds… Vaccine Mandates, Drugging Of Children, Chemotherapy And More

7. If vaccines are so safe and effective, why does the Government grant legal immunity to Big Pharma companies that produce vaccines, so there is no way you can properly sue them for damages when vaccines produce horrific side effects?

8. If GMOs are “substantially equivalent” to non-GM food, why do they cause organ disruption and organ failure as found by 19 studies?

9. If glyphosate (the main ingredient of Monsanto’s RoundUp) is perfectly safe for humans, why did the IARC (International Agency for Research on Cancer) of the WHO (World Health Organization) recently categorize it as a class 2a carcinogen, i.e. a probable carcinogen?




Related: The War On Reality: How Globalists Occupy Your Mind To Control Everything

10. If the ultimate purpose of GMOs is not to genetically modify humanity itself, why do GMOs lead to horizontal gene transfer, where the modified genes in GM food jump to bacteria in the human gut and change their DNA structure?

11. If our “leaders” really care for us and represent us, why do some of them (e.g. John Kerry, George Bush Sr. and Jr.) belong to Secret Societies like the Skull ‘n’ Bones, and why do they practice mock ritual sacrifice to demonic owl gods at Bohemian Grove?

12. If cancer were really a terminal disease, why have so many people completely cured themselves using natural methods such as Vitamin B17 (laetrile), DCA, the Gerson Therapy, the Budwig Diet and others?




Related: Cancer Industry Not Looking For A Cure; They’re Too Busy Making Money & Same Amazon.Com That Banned Cancer Cure Documentaries Now All In With Big Pharma’s Toxic Cancer “Treatments” Via Its New “Go Gold” Astroturfing Campaign

13. If the point of all the draconian laws passed since 9/11, including the Patriot Act and other means of mass surveillance, is to keep you safe from terrorism, why are almost all of the FBI’s “successes” in capturing “terrorists” the result of sting operations the FBI engineered itself?

14. If so many of your rights and freedom are being taken away under the guise of saving you from terrorism, why are you 58 times more likely in the US to die from a policeman shooting you than a terrorist?

15. If the mass surveillance grid being set up is really to keep you secure, then why has the NSA failed to foil a single terrorist plot, despite having access to every electronic transaction (call, text, email, etc.) made by everyone?




Related: Google, Facebook And Amazon Are Just Extensions Of The Surveillance State; Dangerous Mafia Heads Of A Fascist Corporate Regime + Internal Facebook Documents Reveal Zuckerberg Discussed Selling User Data To Developers, Advertisers

16. If false flag events like 9/11, 7/7, Sandy Hook and the Boston marathon bombing were really carried out by bogeymen like “Islamic terrorists” and “lone nutter” shooters, why do they all share the common thread of occurring alongside a government-executed drill – at the exact same time, at the exact same place, for the exact same purpose?

17. If the world really were undergoing manmade global warming, why did so many scientists fudge, conceal and distort the data as exposed in the ClimateGate emails?

18. If you are crazy to question your reality and not believe everything the Government tells you, then why did scientific studies like this one reveal that those who actively question their reality (dubbed conspiracy theorists) are less hostile and more fact-based than conventional believers?




Related: Nine Indisputable Truths About “Conspiracy Theorists”

19. If all the main things that happen in the world are really by chance (coincidence theory) as opposed to being planned (conspiracy theory), then how can we explain the existence of many New World Order accounts and documents (click here for the 3 most chilling) which have laid out the plan for world domination, in astonishingly accurate detail, 30 to 50 to 100 years ago?

Question your reality. It’s the solution to the global conspiracy. If enough of us keep doing it, we will grow in awareness in unstoppable numbers, and the conspiracy will collapse like the house of cards that it truly is.


Related Articles:

Every Television Newscast Is Staged Reality


Faking Medical Reality

Conspireality: Is It Time For A Serious Conversation?

Orwell’s 1984 No Longer Reads Like Fiction - It’s The Reality Of Our Times & The Propaganda Ministry Known As “The Free Press”

Inconvenient Reality: Al Gore’s Global Climate Apocalypse Never Took Place - He Now Says It Did But You Just Couldn’t Tell + Hero EPA Administrator Speaks Out Against Junk Science – Denies CO2 Is Primary Contributor To ‘Global Warming’!

Exposing The Mainstream Consensus Reality Complex

Let's Review 50 Years Of Dire Climate Forecasts And What Actually Happened & New Zealand Climate Commission’s Radical Plan

Cover Stories Are Used To Control Explanations & Medical Propaganda Headlines For Gullible Minds

A Quick Review Of Fake Medical Diagnostic Tests + Author Exposes The “Vaccine Deep State”- A Massive Criminal Fraud And Embezzlement Ring Inside The CDC

The Surveillance State: How To Disappear & It’s Why Big Tech Is Watching You: How You Spend Your Money Reveals Parts Of Your Personality, And Vice Versa



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Seven Signs You May Be Experiencing A Dark Night Of The Soul
June 2 2021 | From: FractalEnlightenment

“There is scarcely any passion without struggle.” - Albert Camus. When we are on the verge of uniting with the infinite wavelength of eternal vibration, our old frequency can sometimes go through a crisis of stasis.



It buckles and bends trying to adjust itself and tune into the cosmic orchestra. We tend to doubt everything we’ve known to be true. In worst (best) case scenarios we tend to fall into an existential crisis, or Dark Night of the Soul.

Related: The Light Side Of The Dark Night Of The Soul

But, if we are able to make it through this dark time, and shed that which has weighed us down, then we will open up once again, and even wider than before. This can happen many times on our spiritual journey, and each time we tend to gain new levels of wisdom.

Here are seven signs you may be experiencing a dark night of the soul.


1. You’re Experiencing, or Have Experienced, Ego Death


“I couldn’t live with myself any longer. And in this a question arose without an answer: who is the ‘I’ that cannot live with the self?

What is the self?I felt drawn into a void. I didn’t know at the time that what really happened was the mind-made self, with its heaviness, its problems, that lives between the unsatisfying past and the fearful future, collapsed. It dissolved.”

- Eckhart Tolle

Your sense of reality, or worldview, has been shattered. You have come to understand the illusory aspects of the ego and are in the process of letting attachment go.

You are experiencing a re-organization, a reidentification, and a reinterpretation of the boundaries between self and cosmos.



Related: 50 Years Of Near Death Experience Research Suggests That The “Soul” Is Real + 7,000 Souls Recall Their ‘Life’ Between Lives During Regression Hypnosis, The Similarities Are Astounding

Like Stanislav Grof wrote;



“Ego death means an irreversible end to one’s philosophical identification with what Alan Watts called skin-encapsulated ego.”

Also referred to as the Night of Pan: the mystical state where one’s ego goes to die a small death in order to be reborn as a Soul. In mythological terms it’s a journey into the Underworld, where difficult trials must be completed before the hero can return back to the “real” world.


2. It is Only When You’re Alone, that You Realize You’re Never Alone


“The capacity to be alone is the capacity to love. It may look paradoxical to you, but it’s not. It is an existential truth: only those people who are capable of being alone are capable of love, of sharing, of going into the deepest core of another person - without possessing the other, without becoming dependent on the other, without reducing the other to a thing, and without becoming addicted to the other.

They allow the other absolute freedom, because they know that if the other leaves, they will be as happy as they are now. Their happiness cannot be taken by the other, because it is not given by the other.”

- Osho

You feel alone and isolated in the world at times, but you find that it is actually in your alone time that things become clearer and more connected. You realize the utmost importance of solitude and meditation.

You’re coming to find that being alone and silent is a very important part of individuating the ego and actualizing the soul.



Related: The Three Stages Of Spiritual Transformation

We are each a microcosm within a macrocosm, tiny stars within a greater universe, drops of water in a mighty cosmic ocean. This is the great lesson of loneliness: we can no more separate the micro from the macro than we can the human from the natural.

Both are needed to put the whole into holistic. It’s the astonishing ache of loneliness that causes us to feel, as Kafka wrote:


“This tremendous world I have inside of me. How to free myself, and this world, without tearing myself to pieces. And rather tear myself to a thousand pieces than be buried with this world within me.”


3. You Have a New-Found Appreciation of Your Mortality


“Thanks to impermanence everything is possible.” - Thich Nhat Hanh

You have become exceedingly introspective. The weight of time is like a giant sitting on your shoulders. But you are beginning to learn how to reverse that dynamic, becoming someone who has the ability to stand on the shoulders of the giants instead.



Related: In Harmony With All Life: The Open Source Way + Lifting The Veil: Merging Science And Spirituality

You appreciate more the passing of time: the reminiscence of times past, the contemplative present, and the forbearance of things future. It’s all a giant telescopic projection of your third eye focused on the intrinsic value of mortality, and how it brings meaning in ways immortality simply cannot.



4. The Purpose of Your Life Has Taken on New Meaning


“Don’t ask what the world needs. Ask what makes you come alive and go do it. Because what this world needs are people who have come alive.”

- Howard Thurman

You realize that the meaning of life is whatever you want your life to mean. But this is a huge responsibility, tantamount to an existential crisis.

Your breath catches in your throat, and is then dragged out of you. You are now suddenly duty-bound to bring meaning to an otherwise meaningless universe.



Related: Spirit Led Activism - The True Power Of The People + Rites Of Passage - Encountering Spiritual “Initiations” On The Path

It’s up to you, and you alone, to be the hero of your own story. It’s up to you, and you alone, to get beyond the artificial division you’ve created between yourself and the world.

The mountain of meaningless you’ve been standing on hitherto, awaits the flag of your own unique meaning to be stabbed into it.

The path to your own meaning is daunting, but it is a path that only you can walk
.


5. You’re More Aware of the Importance of Your Freedom


“Every time you are tempted to react in the same old way, ask if you want to be a prisoner of the past or a pioneer of the future.”

- Deepak Chopra

You understand that freedom is paramount. But willing yourself free is not easy. Freedom is something you do, not something you are. It is not a given. It takes effort, courage, and determination, usually in the face of those who would force you to live their way.

You see how the inert, civilized human has escaped the anguish of freedom only to fall into a state of preoccupation and paranoia.



Related: How Science Arrived At The Doorstep Of Spirituality

You see how the inert lifestyle can lead to nihilism and tyranny (extremism). You see how acting courageous in the face of that inertia is a powerful way to thwart the would-be tyrant within.

You’re slowly becoming a freedom unto yourself, and though it hurts like hell, you realize that it’s better to be an unsatisfied free man than a satisfied slave.



6. You’re Experiencing Anomie and Cognitive Dissonance


“It is a happy faculty of the mind to slough that which conscience refuses to assimilate.”

- William Faulkner

Anomie is a term popularized by French sociologist Émile Durkheim. It is a nurtured condition that arises from the lack of morality and social ethics in one’s culture.

You’ve experienced the pain of this condition and you are in the process of embracing it and letting it go in order to discover your own sense of values.



Related: The Strawman Is The Ego: The Parasite Cleanse Begins At Home

Similarly, your old worldview has been trumped by the new worldview brought about by the individuation of your ego and the actualization of your soul.

This is known as cognitive dissonance. It’s an unsettling feeling to have two worldviews clashing inside you, but you are working through it and will be better for the struggle in the end.



7. You Realize that the Ability to Fall Apart and Coming Back Together Again is Real Strength


“Suddenly you’re ripped into being alive. And life is pain, and life is suffering, and life is horror, but my god you’re alive and it’s spectacular.”

- Joseph Campbell

You realize that healthy annihilation is possible, and necessary. Like the Hindu Goddess of Never Not Broken, you’re learning to embody the ability to come together and fall apart, over and over again.

Indeed, you’re discovering that your strength comes precisely from your ability to experience a dark night of the soul and come out of it with scars blazing like badges of honor.




Related: Six Activities That Will Enrich Your Soul + The Benefits Of Mindfulness

You are constantly in the throes of metanoia. You’ve been fire-tested. You’ve been verified by vicissitude.

Your strength comes from your ability to adapt and overcome to falling apart and coming back together again, from wholeness to brokenness and back to a stronger form.


Relateed Articles:


Why ‘Conspiracy Theories’ & Spirituality Are Intimately Connected

Why Words Can “Cut” Your Soul And Are More Powerful Than Swords

Spiritual Leap Of Faith

Is The Pineal Gland The Gateway To A Spiritual Awakening?


This Is How Your ‘Aura’ Affects Your Health & Those Around You + Magnetic Fields Of The Human Body And Their Functions & 13 Signs You Are Experiencing A Spiritual Awakening


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Four Things Globalists Think You’re Too Stupid To Understand
June 1 2021 | From: NWOReport / Various

An in-depth look at 'psyche' of globalists.



Most Americans / Westerners by now have read or heard Infowars warn about the dangers of globalists, and the “new world order,” but the sheer amount of information can be overwhelming - and it’s easy just to throw out the information, or trust someone else to take action.

Related: What Is Globalism And Where Is It Going?


We Will Approach “Globalism” a Different Way

Instead of just examining the raw facts (he said, she said, time, place, date) and then hoping people connect the dots (often a maze that would make a minotaur dizzy), Infowars will provide an in-depth look at the “psyche” of globalists.

And, we will endeavor to probe the basic assumptions that guide their daily lives - rather than hem and haw at the objectively horrible things they do and say.

After reading our exposé, any Infowarrior will understand for themselves “why” globalists do what they do.



Related: Eleven Common Symptoms Of The Global Depopulation Slow Kill


Four Things the Globalists Believe


1. Enlightened (We Know Better):

Globalists have one central goal in life: To eliminate nation-states and replace them with global institutions run remotely, without the consent of average citizens, usually by themselves.

Don’t take my word for it. Consider the remarks of David Rockefeller, preeminent globalist and master of the universe, until his death in March, 2017:


“We are grateful to The Washington Post, The New York Times, Time Magazine and other great publications …

“It would have been impossible for us to develop our plan for the world if we had been subject to the bright lights of publicity during those years. But, the world is now much more sophisticated and prepared to march towards a world government.

The supranational sovereignty of an intellectual elite and world bankers is surely preferable to the national auto-determination practiced in past centuries.”

That does not sound very democratic, does it?

Globalists usually have a God-complex, believing they know what is best for approximately 9 billion people - or worse, believing the 9 billion people are irrelevant. In that sense, globalists will often “break it to rebuild it” along the lines of their worldview.

Example: Globalists want a global currency, and historically, they admit as much. So they require every nation to install a central bank, de-link their currencies from gold, and then accept hyper-inflated worthless paper as “money” until all the bubbles have popped, the world economy is vaporized and a globally-controlled monetary system replaces it.



Related: From The Archives: "The End Game Is A New World Order"- Former Canadian Minister Of Defence Speaks Out + The Globalists Say It In Their Own Words


“Order out of chaos,” or “Ordo ab chao,” is the motto of Thirty-third Degree Freemasons. America’s political ruling class is dominated by Thirty-Third Degree Freemasons, men who believe they see the “light” and are the “light-bearers” to the rest of humanity.

Chaos is where globalists think they are in control.

Maurice Strong definitely supported chaos during his life. Strong was the former chairman of the World Economic Forum (WEF), the CEO of Petro-Canada and briefly president of the U.N. Conference on Environment and Development. Strong is responsible for Agenda 21.

Strong told people 30 years ago:


"Each year, the World Economic Forum convenes in Davos, Switzerland … What if a  small group of these world leaders were to conclude that the principal risk to the Earth comes from the actions of the rich countries? … Isn’t the only hope … that the industrialized civilizations collapse?  Isn’t it our responsibility to bring that about?”

Scary? And he was in a position to do it. Globalists often work slowly and over many decades, so the switch could go at any moment.



Related: Globalism: A Psychological GPS System For The Masses

Mega-billionaire Hungarian Nazi war criminal George Soros made similar predictions (more like his “to-do list”) in 2012.

Warning of “riots” and “brutal clampdowns,” Soros said:


“We are facing an extremely difficult time, comparable in many ways to the 1930s, the Great Depression … The worst-case scenario is a collapse of the financial system. …

It will be an excuse for cracking down and using strong-arm tactics to maintain law and order, …a society where individual liberty is much more constrained, which would be a break with the tradition of the United States.”

The challenge as globalists see it, is for the rest of us to get out of our own way and accept their benevolent, enlightened guidance.

It may not be for a lack of effort, but most people faced with the apocalypse are usually more concerned about losing their house, food, electricity and healthcare - all of which are put in the crosshairs by stated globalist goals.


2. Heaven is a Place on Earth

Globalists believe that, irrespective of the facts, nations are the cause of all the war, famine and economic inequality in the world. It is a religious belief.

Without a basic assumption that nations are bad, everything else globalists believe is impossible. “The grass is always greener,” basically.

Conversely, “Utopia” is real to globalists; it isn’t something achieved in death (as with Christians, Jews or Muslims). Utopia is the result of things done in a certain mathematical order, in a certain way - hence, the globalist obsession with “fairness” and equal distribution of resources among nations.

Example: The Paris Agreement, the Kyoto Protocol, Copenhagen - all “climate” agreements packaged and marketed to the great unwashed only several years apart from each other. America said “Hell no” to all three of these agreements, even if a president’s pen got overeager.



Related: Agenda 21: Awareness And Activism + UN 2030 Agenda Decoded: Blueprint For The Global Enslavement Of Humanity Under Corporate Masters

Every one of these alleged attempts to “fight climate change” have two things in common: First, the U.S. is the only country who is expected to take things seriously, and second, the content of the agreements has nothing whatsoever to do with climate change.

Hidden in each “climate agreement” are “taxes,” or “reparations,” and surprise, America is expected to transfer up to half its total wealth (estimates range from $300 billion to $9 trillion) to the other signatories.

“It’s the economy, stupid,” to paraphrase a raging network liberal pundit.

Copenhagen demanded America repay “adaptation debt.” This is not optional for ratifying countries. And unlike previous climate agreements, Copenhagen empowers a new U.N. council to compel rich nations to comply.



Related: The Globalization Of Media: A Failing Strike Force

Kyoto wanted to regulate how much fuel the U.S. military could burn.

The globalists must redistribute America’s wealth to satisfy their utopian OCD. It is a zero-sum game in their minds. Making money takes money from somewhere else.

Climate changeis economic terrorism by any other name.


3. The Ends Justify the Means

Globalists do not typically (with very few exceptions) value human life. They will use staged military conflicts and kill millions to validate their belief in world government.

Example: The “police action” in Korea was the first time American soldiers were placed under “United Nations” command, which included Soviet generals. President Truman gave Soviet military leaders copies of U.S. troop movements, and the Soviets predictably informed the North Koreans and Chinese - who slaughtered many brave young American soldiers. To what did they owe their blood and tragic end?

Truman’s Secretary of State Dean Acheson later recalled:


“The only reason I told the President to fight in Korea was to validate NATO.”

General Lin Piao, commander of the Chinese forces, would later comment:


“I never would have made the attack and risked my men and my military reputation if I had not been assured that Washington would restrain General MacArthur. …”

And war is not the only time human life is sacrificed to promote the geographical consolidation favored by globalists.



Related: Governments: The Enemy Of Freedom & Globalists Interviewed: They Admitted They Controlled The Government

Pandemics, mass refugee migrations, and terrorist attacks targeting a nation’s collective psyche are also valuable, because they undermine the sense of safety previously associated with a national space.

Prof. Robert Pastor, “Father of the North American Union,”


“The 9/11 crisis made Canada and the United States redefine the protection of their borders. …What I’m saying is that a crisis is an event which can force democratic governments … to create a North American Community.”

The nation no longer acts as a “house” in the mind of citizens, is no longer a shelter. Something bigger must replace the inadequate, outdated nation-state, and guess who is waiting in the wings to offer a new vision? That’s right: globalists.

Example: Muslim terrorist attacks are a perfect example of globalist “crisis” politics. Governments are known to have advance knowledge of many of these attacks, and yet nothing is done to prevent them from occurring. How can this be? We find our answer in the many “global” solutions to “terrorism” heard often the day after the newest tragedy, sold in a package worthy of a used car salesman.

After the London bridge attack, Prime Minister Theresa May immediately began calling for global control of the Internet to fight terrorism. The government knew; they did nothing. Now they want to control the Internet. See how it works?



Related: Is The Globalist "Reset" Failing? The Elites May Have Overplayed Their Hand

Example: In the U.S., former President Obama’s own intelligence czar warned that his refugee policies were allowing ISIS to gain entry.

Then, Hillary Clinton handed over our refugee vetting authority to the U.N. and told the U.N. it needed to pressure countries to take in more refugees.

In short, globalists generally support anything that invalidates national borders and overwhelms public infrastructure - even if totally manufactured - in order to justify greater surrender of national control to bigger and more geographically expansive entities.


4. Bite-Sized Elephants:

“If you’re going to eat an elephant, eat it one bite at a time,” goes an old adage.

It’s definitely about the destination, not the journey, for globalists. Globalists believe in multiple paths to the finish line, as long as nations are destroyed, and an enlightened elite - presumably them - will be in charge.

Example: For this reason, globalists will even pay to create an enemy, and the former Soviet Union was the best enemy money could buy.



Related: Russia Calls For Elimination Of Khazarian Mafia World Order + Globalist Corporations Are Blind In The Face Of Doom

American banks loaned the Bolsheviks millions after the revolution, built a refinery, and were responsible for two-thirds of Soviet Russia’s industrial capacity. The “red menace.” was made-to-order.

Lincoln P. Bloomfield, recently Assistant Secretary of State for Political-Military Affairs in 2005 from a State Department paper he wrote in 1962:


“…If the communist dynamic were greatly abated, the West might lose whatever incentive it has for world government … If there were no communist menace, would anyone be worrying about the need for such a revolution in political arrangements?”

Example: In addition to manufacturing threats, globalists have an even craftier way to attack nation-states: regionalisation.

This is where entire groups of countries are convinced to share more and more with their neighboring countries, until a single economy, single set of institutions and shared identity replace old national identities.



Related: The War On Reality: How Globalists Occupy Your Mind To Control Everything

Zbigniew Brzezinski, former National Security Advisor in 1995:


“We cannot leap into world govt. in one quick step… The precondition… is progressive regionalization, because thereby we can move toward larger, more stable, more cooperative units.”

Bite-sized countries.


Related Articles:


The Globalists Are Openly Admitting To Their Population Control Agenda - And That's A Bad Sign

Elections In New Zealand, Australia, Canada, England, Germany, The Netherlands & Exposed: Proof NZ Prime Ministers Are Globalists

Australia Is A Full Scale Pilot Test For The New World Order & The Totalitarian Future Globalists Want For The Entire World Is Being Revealed

Hanne Herland Explains How Universities Became Globalist New Left Propaganda Tools And Enemies Of Free Speech

Globalist Playbook: Great Depression II

NWO Control System Vs. The Awakening - Which Will Win?



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
News Archives



 

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

This website is optimised for viewing in Mozilla Firefox

Fair Dealing Notice

These pages / videos may contain copyrighted (©) material the use of which has not always been specifically authorised by the copyright owner. Such material is made available to advance understanding of ecological, political, human rights, economic, democratic, scientific, moral, ethical, and social justice issues, etc. With reference to The New Zealand Copyright Act 1994 such material is made available for critical, review, educational purposes and the reporting of current events. In accordance with The New Zealand Copyright Act 1994, this material is distributed without profit to those with a general interest in such information for research and education.

Fair Use Notice

These pages / videos may contain copyrighted (©) material the use of which has not always been specifically authorised by the copyright owner. Such material is made available to advance understanding of ecological, political, human rights, economic, democratic, scientific, moral, ethical, and social justice issues, etc. It is believed that this constitutes a 'fair use' of any such copyrighted material as provided for in section 107 of the US Copyright Law. In accordance with Title 17 U.S.C. Section 107, this material is distributed without profit to those with a general interest in such information for research and education.

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
 
 
Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi